Dell PowerEdge R7525 server Owner's Manual

Add to my manuals
234 Pages

advertisement

Dell PowerEdge R7525 server Owner's Manual | Manualzz

Dell EMC PowerEdge R7525

Installation and Service Manual

Regulatory Model: E68S

Regulatory Type: E68S001

June 2021

Rev. A12

Notes, cautions, and warnings

NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your product.

CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem.

WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death.

© 2020 2021 Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved. Dell, EMC, and other trademarks are trademarks of Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries.

Other trademarks may be trademarks of their respective owners.

Contents

Chapter 1: About this document.................................................................................................... 7

Chapter 2: System overview..........................................................................................................8

Front view of the system...................................................................................................................................................8

Left control panel view................................................................................................................................................11

Right control panel view.............................................................................................................................................12

Rear view of the system.................................................................................................................................................. 13

Inside the system .............................................................................................................................................................. 16

Locating the Express Service Code and Service Tag............................................................................................... 17

System information label..................................................................................................................................................18

Rail sizing and rack compatibility matrix.......................................................................................................................21

Chapter 3: Initial system setup and configuration........................................................................22

Setting up the system...................................................................................................................................................... 22 iDRAC configuration......................................................................................................................................................... 22

Options to set up iDRAC IP address....................................................................................................................... 22

Options to log in to iDRAC........................................................................................................................................ 23

Resources to install operating system......................................................................................................................... 24

Options to download firmware ................................................................................................................................24

Options to download and install OS drivers .........................................................................................................24

Downloading drivers and firmware..........................................................................................................................25

Chapter 4: Installing and removing system components.............................................................. 26

Safety instructions............................................................................................................................................................26

Before working inside your system............................................................................................................................... 27

After working inside your system.................................................................................................................................. 27

Recommended tools......................................................................................................................................................... 27

Cable routing...................................................................................................................................................................... 28

RIO card...............................................................................................................................................................................33

Removing the Rear Input Output (RIO) card....................................................................................................... 33

Installing the RIO card................................................................................................................................................ 34

Optional front bezel..........................................................................................................................................................35

Removing the front bezel..........................................................................................................................................35

Installing the front bezel............................................................................................................................................ 36

System cover......................................................................................................................................................................37

Removing the system cover..................................................................................................................................... 37

Installing the system cover....................................................................................................................................... 38

Drive backplane cover......................................................................................................................................................39

Removing the drive backplane cover..................................................................................................................... 39

Installing the drive backplane cover........................................................................................................................40

Control panel....................................................................................................................................................................... 41

Removing the right control panel.............................................................................................................................41

Installing the right control panel.............................................................................................................................. 42

Removing the left control panel...............................................................................................................................43

Contents 3

Installing the left control panel.................................................................................................................................44

Air shroud............................................................................................................................................................................ 46

Removing the air shroud............................................................................................................................................46

Installing the air shroud..............................................................................................................................................46

Removing the GPU air shroud.................................................................................................................................. 47

Installing the GPU air shroud.................................................................................................................................... 48

Removing the GPU air shroud top cover...............................................................................................................49

Installing the GPU air shroud top cover.................................................................................................................50

Cooling fan...........................................................................................................................................................................51

Removing the cooling fan cage assembly ............................................................................................................. 51

Installing the cooling fan cage assembly................................................................................................................52

Removing a cooling fan..............................................................................................................................................53

Installing a cooling fan................................................................................................................................................ 54

Side wall brackets............................................................................................................................................................. 55

Removing the side wall bracket............................................................................................................................... 55

Installing the side wall bracket................................................................................................................................. 56

Drives................................................................................................................................................................................... 57

Removing a drive blank.............................................................................................................................................. 57

Installing a drive blank................................................................................................................................................ 58

Removing the drive carrier........................................................................................................................................58

Installing the drive carrier..........................................................................................................................................59

Removing the drive from the drive carrier............................................................................................................60

Installing the drive into the drive carrier.................................................................................................................61

Drive backplane..................................................................................................................................................................62

Drive backplane............................................................................................................................................................62

Removing the drive backplane ................................................................................................................................65

Installing the drive backplane................................................................................................................................... 66

Rear drive cage.................................................................................................................................................................. 67

Removing the 4 x 2.5-inch rear drive module...................................................................................................... 67

Installing the 4 x 2.5-inch rear drive module........................................................................................................ 68

Removing the rear drive cage.................................................................................................................................. 68

Installing the rear drive cage.................................................................................................................................... 69

Front PERC module.......................................................................................................................................................... 70

Removing the front mounting front PERC module............................................................................................. 70

Installing the front mounting front PERC module................................................................................................ 71

Removing the rear mounting front PERC module............................................................................................... 72

Installing the rear mounting front PERC module................................................................................................. 73

System memory................................................................................................................................................................. 74

System memory guidelines........................................................................................................................................ 74

General memory module installation guidelines....................................................................................................76

Removing a memory module.....................................................................................................................................79

Installing a memory module....................................................................................................................................... 79

Processor and heat sink................................................................................................................................................... 81

Removing a heat sink.................................................................................................................................................. 81

Removing the liquid cooling heat sink modules....................................................................................................82

Removing the processor............................................................................................................................................83

Installing the processor..............................................................................................................................................85

Installing the heat sink................................................................................................................................................87

Installing the liquid cooling heat sink...................................................................................................................... 89

Expansion cards and expansion card risers................................................................................................................ 90

4 Contents

Expansion card installation guidelines..................................................................................................................... 91

Removing the expansion card risers......................................................................................................................157

Installing the expansion card risers....................................................................................................................... 159

Removing expansion card from the expansion card riser................................................................................ 162

Installing an expansion card into the expansion card riser...............................................................................163

Removing the full length expansion card risers..................................................................................................164

Installing the full length expansion card risers.................................................................................................... 167

Removing a GPU........................................................................................................................................................169

Installing a GPU........................................................................................................................................................... 171

Optional serial COM port............................................................................................................................................... 174

Removing the serial COM port............................................................................................................................... 174

Installing the serial COM port................................................................................................................................. 176

Optional IDSDM module................................................................................................................................................. 177

Removing the IDSDM module................................................................................................................................. 177

Installing the IDSDM module................................................................................................................................... 178

MicroSD card.................................................................................................................................................................... 179

Removing the MicroSD card................................................................................................................................... 179

Installing the MicroSD card..................................................................................................................................... 180

M.2 SSD module............................................................................................................................................................... 181

Removing the M.2 SSD module.............................................................................................................................. 181

Installing the M.2 SSD module................................................................................................................................182

BOSS S2 card (optional)................................................................................................................................................183

Removing the BOSS card filler............................................................................................................................... 183

Installing the BOSS card filler................................................................................................................................. 184

Removing the BOSS S2 controller card module................................................................................................ 185

Installing the BOSS S2 controller card module...................................................................................................186

System battery ................................................................................................................................................................188

Replacing the system battery.................................................................................................................................188

Optional internal USB card............................................................................................................................................190

Removing the internal USB card............................................................................................................................190

Installing the internal USB card...............................................................................................................................191

Intrusion switch module................................................................................................................................................. 192

Removing the intrusion switch module.................................................................................................................192

Installing the intrusion switch module...................................................................................................................193

Optional OCP card...........................................................................................................................................................194

Removing the OCP card.......................................................................................................................................... 194

Installing the OCP card............................................................................................................................................ 196

Power supply unit............................................................................................................................................................ 197

Hot spare feature.......................................................................................................................................................197

Removing a power supply unit blank.....................................................................................................................198

Installing a power supply unit blank.......................................................................................................................198

Removing a power supply unit................................................................................................................................198

Installing a power supply unit..................................................................................................................................199

Trusted Platform Module..............................................................................................................................................200

Upgrading the Trusted Platform Module............................................................................................................ 200

Initializing TPM for users......................................................................................................................................... 201

Initializing the TPM 1.2 for users............................................................................................................................201

Initializing the TPM 2.0 for users...........................................................................................................................201

System board...................................................................................................................................................................202

Removing the system board...................................................................................................................................202

Contents 5

Installing the system board.....................................................................................................................................203

Restoring Service Tag using Easy Restore.........................................................................................................204

LOM card and rear I/O board......................................................................................................................................205

Removing the LOM card and rear I/O board..................................................................................................... 205

Installing the LOM card and rear I/O board....................................................................................................... 206

Chapter 5: Upgrade Kits............................................................................................................ 208

BOSS S2 kit......................................................................................................................................................................208

GPU kit................................................................................................................................................................................211

IDSDM kit...........................................................................................................................................................................215

Internal USB card kit.......................................................................................................................................................216

Serial COM port kit......................................................................................................................................................... 216

Chapter 6: Jumpers and connectors........................................................................................... 217

System board connectors..............................................................................................................................................217

System board jumper settings......................................................................................................................................219

Disabling a forgotten password....................................................................................................................................219

Chapter 7: System diagnostics and indicator codes....................................................................221

Status LED indicators..................................................................................................................................................... 221

System health and system ID indicator codes......................................................................................................... 222

iDRAC Quick Sync 2 indicator codes......................................................................................................................... 223 iDRAC Direct LED indicator codes..............................................................................................................................223

LCD panel..........................................................................................................................................................................224

Viewing Home screen...............................................................................................................................................224

Setup menu................................................................................................................................................................ 225

View menu.................................................................................................................................................................. 225

NIC indicator codes........................................................................................................................................................ 226

Power supply unit indicator codes..............................................................................................................................226

Drive indicator codes..................................................................................................................................................... 228

Using system diagnostics..............................................................................................................................................229

Dell Embedded System Diagnostics..................................................................................................................... 229

Chapter 8: Getting help............................................................................................................. 231

Recycling or End-of-Life service information........................................................................................................... 231

Contacting Dell.................................................................................................................................................................231

Accessing system information by using QRL............................................................................................................231

Quick Resource Locator for PowerEdge R7525 system................................................................................. 232

Receiving automated support with SupportAssist ................................................................................................ 232

Chapter 9: Documentation resources.........................................................................................233

6 Contents

1

About this document

This document provides an overview about the system, information about installing and replacing components, technical specifications, diagnostic tools, and guidelines to be followed while installing certain components.

About this document 7

2

System overview

The PowerEdge R7525 system is a dual socket, 2U rack server that supports:

● AMD EPYC TM 7002 and 7003 series processors

● 32 DIMM slots

● Two redundant AC or DC power supply units

● Up to 12 x 3.5-inch, 8 x 3.5-inch, or 24 x 2.5-inch, 16 x 2.5-inch, 8 x 2.5-inch, or 2 x 2.5-inch (rear), SAS, SATA, or NVMe drives.

NOTE: For more information about how to hot swap NVMe PCIe SSD U.2 device, see the Dell Express Flash NVMe PCIe

SSD User's Guide at https://www.dell.com/support Browse all Products > Data Center Infrastructure > Storage

Adapters & Controllers > Dell PowerEdge Express Flash NVMe PCIe SSD > Documentation > Manuals and

Documents .

NOTE: All instances of SAS, SATA drives, PCIe SSDs, and NVMe are seen as drives in this document, unless specified otherwise.

WARNING: Consumer-Grade GPU should not be installed or used in the Enterprise Server products.

For more information about supported drives, see the www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals section.

For more information, see the Dell EMC PowerEdge R7525 Technical Specifications on the product documentation page.

Topics:

Front view of the system

Rear view of the system

Inside the system

Locating the Express Service Code and Service Tag

System information label

Rail sizing and rack compatibility matrix

Front view of the system

Figure 1. Front view of the 24 x 2.5-inch drive system

8 System overview

Figure 2. Front view of the 16 x 2.5-inch drive system

Figure 3. Front view of the 8 x 2.5-inch drive system

Figure 4. Front view of the 12 x 3.5-inch drive system

Table 1. Features available on the front of the system

Item

1

Ports, panels, and slots

Left control panel

Icon

N/A

Description

Contains the system health, system ID, status LED, and the iDRAC Quick Sync 2 (wireless) indicator.

NOTE: The iDRAC Quick Sync 2 indicator is available only on certain configurations.

● Status LED: Enables you to identify any failed hardware components. There are up to five status LEDs and an overall system health LED (Chassis health and system ID) bar. For more information, see the Status LED indicators section.

● Quick Sync 2 (wireless): Indicates a Quick Sync enabled system. The Quick Sync feature is optional. This feature allows management of the system by using mobile devices called as OpenManage Mobile (OMM) feature. Using iDRAC

Quick Sync 2 with OpenManage Mobile (OMM) aggregates hardware or firmware inventory and various system level diagnostic and error information that can be used in

System overview 9

Table 1. Features available on the front of the system (continued)

Item Ports, panels, and slots

Icon Description

2

3

Drive

Right control panel

N/A

N/A troubleshooting the system. For more information, see the iDRAC User's Guide available at https://www.dell.com/ idracmanuals

Enables you to install drives that are supported on your system.

For more information about drives, see the www.dell.com/ poweredgemanuals section.

Contains the power button, USB port, iDRAC Direct micro port, and the iDRAC Direct status LED.

4 Information tag

The Information tag is a slide-out label panel that contains system information such as Service Tag, NIC, MAC address, and so on. If you have opted for the secure default access to iDRAC, the Information tag also contains the iDRAC secure default password.

Figure 5. Front view of the 8 x 3.5-inch drive system

Table 2. Features available on the front of the system

Item

1

Ports, panels, and slots

Left control panel

Icon

N/A

Description

2 Optical drive blank N/A

Contains the system health, system ID, status LED, and the iDRAC Quick Sync 2 (wireless) indicator.

NOTE: The iDRAC Quick Sync 2 indicator is available only on certain configurations.

● Status LED: Enables you to identify any failed hardware components. There are up to five status LEDs and an overall system health LED (Chassis health and system ID) bar. For more information, see the Status LED indicators section.

● Quick Sync 2 (wireless): Indicates a Quick Sync enabled system. The Quick Sync feature is optional. This feature allows management of the system by using mobile devices called as OpenManage Mobile (OMM) feature. Using iDRAC

Quick Sync 2 with OpenManage Mobile (OMM) aggregates hardware or firmware inventory and various system level diagnostic and error information that can be used in troubleshooting the system. For more information, see the iDRAC User's Guide available at https://www.dell.com/ idracmanuals

For the 8 x 3.5-inch drive system, a optical drive bay blank is installed.

10 System overview

Table 2. Features available on the front of the system (continued)

Item

3

Ports, panels, and slots

Drive

Icon

N/A

Description

4 Right control panel N/A

Enables you to install drives that are supported on your system.

For more information about drives, see the www.dell.com/ poweredgemanuals section.

Contains the power button, USB port, iDRAC Direct micro port, and the iDRAC Direct status LED.

5 Information tag

The Information tag is a slide-out label panel that contains system information such as Service Tag, NIC, MAC address, and so on. If you have opted for the secure default access to iDRAC, the Information tag also contains the iDRAC secure default password.

For more information about the ports, see the www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals section.

For more information, see theDell EMC PowerEdge R7525 Technical Specifications on the product documentation page.

Left control panel view

Figure 6. Left control panel without optional iDRAC Quick Sync 2 indicator

2

3

Figure 7. Left control panel with optional iDRAC Quick Sync 2 indicator

Table 3. Left control panel

Item Indicator, button, or connector

1 Status LED indicators

System health and system

ID indicator iDRAC Quick Sync

2 wireless indicator

(optional)

Icon

N/A

Description

Indicates the status of the system. For more information, see the

Status LED indicators section.

Indicates the system health. For more information, see the

System health and system ID indicator codes

section.

Indicates if the iDRAC Quick Sync 2 wireless option is activated.

The Quick Sync 2 feature allows management of the system using mobile devices. This feature aggregates hardware/

System overview 11

Table 3. Left control panel (continued)

Item Indicator, button, or connector

Icon Description firmware inventory and various system level diagnostic/error information that can be used in troubleshooting the system.

You can access system inventory, Dell Lifecycle Controller logs or system logs, system health status, and also configure iDRAC, BIOS, and networking parameters. You can also launch the virtual Keyboard, Video, and Mouse (KVM) viewer and virtual Kernel-based Virtual Machine (KVM), on a supported mobile device. For more information, see the Integrated Dell

Remote Access Controller User's Guide at www.dell.com/ poweredgemanuals

NOTE: For more information about the indicator codes, see the

System diagnostics and indicator codes

section.

Right control panel view

Figure 8. Right control panel view

Table 4. Right control panel

Item Indicator or button

1 VGA port

2 iDRAC Direct port (Micro-AB

USB)

Icon Description

Enables you to connect a display device to the system. For more information, see the www.dell.com/ poweredgemanuals section.

The iDRAC Direct port (Micro-AB USB) enables you to access the iDRAC Direct Micro-AB features. For more information, see the iDRAC User's Guide available at https://www.dell.com/idracmanuals .

NOTE: You can configure iDRAC Direct by using a USB to micro USB (type AB) cable, which you can connect to your laptop or tablet. Cable length should not exceed 3 feet (0.91 meters).

Performance could be affected by cable quality.

12 System overview

Table 4. Right control panel (continued)

Item Indicator or button

3 USB 2.0-compliant port

4 Power button

Icon Description

The USB port is a 4-pin connector and 2.0-compliant.

This port enables you to connect USB devices to the system.

Indicates if the system is powered on or off. Press the power button to manually power on or off the system.

NOTE: Press the power button to gracefully shut down the ACPI-compliant operating system.

NOTE: For more information on the ports, see the www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals section.

Rear view of the system

6

7

2

3

4

Figure 9. Rear view of the system

Table 5. Rear view of the system

Item

1

Ports, panels, or slots Icon

PCIe expansion card riser

1 (slot 1 and slot 2)

N/A

5

8

BOSS S2 Card (optional) N/A

Rear Handle N/A

PCIe expansion card riser

2 (slot 3 and slot 6)

N/A

PCIe expansion card riser

3 (slot 4 and slot 5)

N/A

USB 2.0 port (1)

PCIe expansion card riser

4 (slot 7 and slot 8)

N/A

Power supply unit (PSU

2)

Description

The expansion card riser enables you to connect PCI Express expansion cards. For more information on the expansion cards that are supported on your system, see www.dell.com/ poweredgemanuals section.

This slot supports the BOSS S2 module

To lift the system.

The expansion card riser enables you to connect PCI Express expansion cards. For more information on the expansion cards that are supported on your system, see www.dell.com/ poweredgemanuals section.

The expansion card riser enables you to connect PCI Express expansion cards. For more information on the expansion cards that are supported on your system, see www.dell.com/ poweredgemanuals section.

This port is USB 2.0-compliant.

The expansion card riser enables you to connect PCI Express expansion cards. For more information on the expansion cards that are supported on your system, see www.dell.com/ poweredgemanuals section.

For more information about the PSU configurations, see the www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals section.

System overview 13

Table 5. Rear view of the system (continued)

Item

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

Ports, panels, or slots Icon

VGA port

USB 3.0 port (1) iDRAC dedicated port

System identification button

OCP NIC port (optional)

NIC port (1,2)

Power supply unit (PSU 1)

N/A

Description

Enables you to connect a display device to the system. For more information, see the www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals section.

This port is USB 3.0-compliant.

Enables you to remotely access iDRAC. For more information, see the iDRAC User's Guide at www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals

Press the system ID button:

● To locate a particular system within a rack.

● To turn the system ID on or off.

To reset iDRAC, press and hold the button for more than 16 seconds.

NOTE:

● To reset iDRAC using system ID, ensure that the system ID button is enabled in the iDRAC setup.

● If the system stops responding during POST, press and hold the system ID button (for more than 5 seconds) to enter the BIOS progress mode.

This port supports OCP 3.0. The NIC ports are integrated on the

OCP card which is connected to the system board.

The NIC ports are embedded on the LOM card that is connected to the system board.

For more information about the PSU configurations, see the www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals section.

For more information about the ports, see the www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals section.

Figure 10. Rear view of the system with 2 x 2.5-inch rear drive module

Table 6. Rear view of the system with 2 x 2.5-inch rear drive module

Item Ports, panels, or slots Icon Description

1 PCIe expansion card riser

1 (slot 1 and slot 2)

N/A The expansion card riser enables you to connect PCI Express expansion cards. For more information on the expansion cards that are supported on your system, see www.dell.com/ poweredgemanuals section.

2 BOSS S2 card (optional) N/A This slot supports the BOSS S2 module

3 Rear Handle N/A To lift the system.

4 PCIe expansion card riser

2 (slot 3 and slot 6)

N/A The expansion card riser enables you to connect PCI Express expansion cards. For more information on the expansion cards that are supported on your system, see www.dell.com/ poweredgemanuals section.

14 System overview

Table 6. Rear view of the system with 2 x 2.5-inch rear drive module (continued)

Item

5

6

Ports, panels, or slots Icon

Rear drive module N/A

USB 2.0 port (1)

Description

Enables you to install drives that are supported on your system. For more information about drives, see the Drives section.

This port is USB 2.0-compliant.

7

8

9

10

PCIe expansion card riser

4 (slot 7 and slot 8)

Power supply unit (PSU

2)

VGA port

USB 3.0 port (1)

N/A The expansion card riser enables you to connect PCI Express expansion cards. For more information on the expansion cards that are supported on your system, see www.dell.com/ poweredgemanuals section.

For more information about the PSU configurations, see the www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals section.

Enables you to connect a display device to the system. For more information, see the www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals section.

This port is USB 3.0-compliant.

11

12

13

14

15 iDRAC dedicated port

System identification button

OCP NIC port (optional)

NIC port (1,2)

Power supply unit (PSU 1)

N/A

Enables you to remotely access iDRAC. For more information, see the iDRAC User's Guide at www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals

Press the system ID button:

● To locate a particular system within a rack.

● To turn the system ID on or off.

To reset iDRAC, press and hold the button for more than 16 seconds.

NOTE:

● To reset iDRAC using system ID, ensure that the system ID button is enabled in the iDRAC setup.

● If the system stops responding during POST, press and hold the system ID button (for more than 5 seconds) to enter the BIOS progress mode.

This port supports OCP 3.0. The NIC ports are integrated on the

OCP card which is connected to the system board.

The NIC ports are embedded on the LOM card that is connected to the system board.

For more information about the PSU configurations, see the www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals section.

For more information about the ports, see the www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals section.

For more information, see the Dell EMC PowerEdge R7525 Technical Specifications on the product documentation page.

System overview 15

Inside the system

Figure 11. Inside the system

1. Handle

3. Power supply unit (PSU 1)

5. Riser 2

7. Memory DIMM socket for processor 1 (E,F,G,H)

9. Service tag

11. Cooling fan cage assembly

13. Heat sink for processor 2

15. Power supply unit (PSU 2)

17. Riser 4 blank

2. Riser 1 blank

4. BOSS S2 card slot

6. Heat sink for processor 1

8. Cooling fan assembly

10. Drive backplane

12. Memory DIMM socket for processor 2 (A,B,C,D)

14. System board

16. Riser 3 blank

16 System overview

Figure 12. Inside the system with full length risers

1. Cooling fan cage assembly

3. GPU air shroud

5. Riser 3

7. Handle

9. Drive backplane

2. Cooling fan

4. GPU air shroud top cover

6. Riser 4

8. Riser 1

10. Service tag

Locating the Express Service Code and Service Tag

The unique Express Service Code and Service Tag is used to identify the system. The information tag is located on the front of the system that includes system information such as Service Tag, Express Service Code, Manufacture date, NIC, MAC address,

QRL label, and so on. If you have opted for the secure default access to iDRAC, the Information tag also contains the iDRAC secure default password. If you have opted for iDRAC Quick Sync 2, the Information tag also contains the OpenManage Mobile

(OMM) label, where administrators can configure, monitor, and troubleshoot the PowerEdge servers.

System overview 17

Figure 13. Locating the Express Service Code and Service tag

1. Information tag (front view)

3. OpenManage Mobile (OMM) label

5. Service Tag, Express Service Code, QRL label

2. Information tag (back view)

4. iDRAC MAC address and iDRAC secure password label

The Mini Enterprise Service Tag (MEST) label is located on the rear of the system that includes Service Tag (ST), Express

Service Code (Exp Svc Code), and Manufacture Date (Mfg. Date). The Exp Svc Code is used by Dell EMC to route support calls to the appropriate personnel.

Alternatively, the Service Tag information is located on a label on left wall of the chassis.

System information label

The system information label is located on the back side of the system cover.

18 System overview

Figure 14. Service information

System overview 19

Figure 15. Memory information and system board connectors

Figure 16. LED behavior, configuration and layout, express service tag for 2.5-inch HDD system

20 System overview

Figure 17. LED behavior, configuration and layout, express service tag for 3.5-inch HDD system

Rail sizing and rack compatibility matrix

For specific information about the rail solutions compatible with your system, see the Dell EMC Enterprise Systems

Rail Sizing and Rack Compatibility Matrix available at https://i.dell.com/sites/csdocuments/Business_solutions_engineering-

Docs_Documents/en/rail-rack-matrix.pdf

.

The document provides the information that is listed below:

● Specific details about rail types and their functionalities

● Rail adjustability ranges for various rack mounting flange types

● Rail depth with and without cable management accessories

● Rack types that are supported for various rack mounting flange types

System overview 21

3

Initial system setup and configuration

This section describes the tasks for initial setup and configuration of the Dell EMC system. The sections provide general steps that you must complete to set up the system and the reference guides for detailed information.

Topics:

Setting up the system

iDRAC configuration

Resources to install operating system

Setting up the system

Perform the following steps to set up the system:

Steps

1. Unpack the system.

2. Install the system into the rack. For more information, see the rail installation and cable management accessory guides relevant to your rail and cable management solution at www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals .

3. Connect the peripherals to the system and the system to the electrical outlet.

4. Power on the system by pressing the power button.

For more information about setting up the system, see the Getting Started Guide that is shipped with your system.

For information on how to manage basic settings and features of the system, see the Dell EMC PowerEdge R7525 BIOS and

UEFI Reference Guide on the product documentation page.

iDRAC configuration

The Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller (iDRAC) is designed to make you more productive as a system administrator and improve the overall availability of Dell EMC servers. iDRAC alerts you to system issues, helps you to perform remote management, and reduces the need for physical access to the system.

Options to set up iDRAC IP address

To enable communication between your system and iDRAC, you must first configure the network settings based on your network infrastructure. The network settings option is set to DHCP , by default.

NOTE: For static IP configuration, you must request for the setting at the time of purchase.

You can set up the iDRAC IP address using one of the following interfaces. For information about how to set up iDRAC IP address, see the documentation links provided in the table.

Table 7. Interfaces to set up iDRAC IP address

Interface iDRAC Settings utility

Documentation links

Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller User's Guide at https://www.dell.com/idracmanuals or for system specific

Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller User's Guide , go to https://www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals > Product

Support page of your system > Manuals & documents .

NOTE: To determine the most recent iDRAC release for your platform and for latest documentation version,

22 Initial system setup and configuration

Table 7. Interfaces to set up iDRAC IP address (continued)

Interface Documentation links see KB article https://www.dell.com/support/article/ sln308699 .

OpenManage Deployment Toolkit

Lifecycle Controller iDRAC Direct and Quick Sync 2 (optional)

OpenManage Deployment Toolkit User’s Guide at www.dell.com/openmanagemanuals > OpenManage

Deployment Toolkit.

Lifecycle Controller User’s Guide at https://www.dell.com/ idracmanuals or for system-specific Lifecycle Controller User’s

Guide , go to https://www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals >

Product Support page of your system > Manuals & documents .

NOTE: To determine the most recent iDRAC release for your platform and for latest documentation version, see KB article https://www.dell.com/support/article/ sln308699 .

Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller User's Guide at https://www.dell.com/idracmanuals or for system specific

Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller User's Guide , go to https://www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals > Product

Support page of your system > Manuals & documents .

NOTE: To determine the most recent iDRAC release for your platform and for latest documentation version, see KB article https://www.dell.com/support/article/ sln308699 .

NOTE: To access iDRAC, ensure that you connect the ethernet cable to the iDRAC9 dedicated network port or use iDRAC

Direct port by using the USB cable. You can also access iDRAC through the shared LOM mode, if you have opted for a system that has the shared LOM mode enabled.

Options to log in to iDRAC

To log in to the iDRAC Web User Interface, open a browser and enter the IP address.

You can log in to iDRAC as:

● iDRAC user

● Microsoft Active Directory user

● Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) user

In the log in screen displayed, if you have opted for secure default access to iDRAC, enter the iDRAC secure default password available on back side of the Information Tag. If you have not opted for secure default access to iDRAC, enter the default user name and password – root and calvin . You can also log in by using your Single Sign-On or Smart Card.

NOTE: Ensure that you change the default username and password after setting up the iDRAC IP address.

For more information about logging in to the iDRAC and iDRAC licenses, see the latest Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller

User's Guide at www.dell.com/idracmanuals .

NOTE: To determine the most recent iDRAC release for your platform and for latest documentation version, see KB article https://www.dell.com/support/article/sln308699 .

You can also access iDRAC using command-line protocol - RACADM. For more information, see the iDRAC with Lifecycle

Controller RACADM CLI Guide available at www.dell.com/idracmanuals .

You can also access iDRAC using automation tool - Redfish API. For more information, see the iDRAC9 with Lifecycle Controller

Redfish API Guide available at https://www.dell.com/idracmanuals .

Initial system setup and configuration 23

Resources to install operating system

If the system is shipped without an operating system, you can install a supported operating system by using one of the resources provided in the table. For information about how to install the operating system, see the documentation links provided in the table.

Table 8. Resources to install the operating system

Resource Documentation links iDRAC Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller User's Guide at https://www.dell.com/idracmanuals or for system specific Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller User's Guide , go to https://www.dell.com/ poweredgemanuals > Product Support page of your system > Manuals & documents .

NOTE: To determine the most recent iDRAC release for your platform and for latest documentation version, see KB article at https://www.dell.com/support/article/sln308699 .

Lifecycle Controller Lifecycle Controller User’s Guide at https://www.dell.com/idracmanuals or for system specific

Lifecycle Controller User’s Guide , go to https://www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals > Product

Support page of your system > Manuals & documents . Dell recommends using Lifecycle Controller to install the OS, since all required drivers are installed to the system.

NOTE: To determine the most recent iDRAC release for your platform and for latest documentation version, see KB article at https://www.dell.com/support/article/sln308699 .

OpenManage

Deployment Toolkit

Dell certified VMware

ESXi www.dell.com/openmanagemanuals > OpenManage Deployment Toolkit www.dell.com/virtualizationsolutions

NOTE: For more information about Installation and How-to videos for supported operating systems on PowerEdge system see, Supported Operating Systems for Dell EMC PowerEdge systems .

Options to download firmware

You can download firmware from the Dell support site. For information, see the Downloading drivers and firmware

section.

You can also choose any one of the following options to download the firmware. For information about how to download the firmware, see the documentation links provided in the table.

Table 9. Options to download firmware

Option

Using Dell Remote Access Controller Lifecycle Controller

(iDRAC with LC)

Using Dell Repository Manager (DRM)

Using Dell Server Update Utility (SUU)

Using Dell OpenManage Deployment Toolkit (DTK)

Using iDRAC virtual media

Documentation link www.dell.com/idracmanuals www.dell.com/openmanagemanuals > Repository Manager www.dell.com/openmanagemanuals > Server Update Utility www.dell.com/openmanagemanuals > OpenManage

Deployment Toolkit www.dell.com/idracmanuals

Options to download and install OS drivers

You can choose any one of the following options to download and install OS drivers. For information about how to download or install OS drivers, see the documentation links provided in the table.

24 Initial system setup and configuration

Table 10. Options to download and install OS drivers

Option

Dell EMC support site

Documentation

Downloading drivers and firmware

section.

iDRAC virtual media Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller User's Guide at https://www.dell.com/idracmanuals or for system specific

Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller User's Guide , go to https://www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals > Product

Support page of your system > Manuals & documents .

NOTE: To determine the most recent iDRAC release for your platform and for latest documentation version, see https://www.dell.com/support/article/sln308699 .

Downloading drivers and firmware

It is recommended that you download and install the latest BIOS, drivers, and systems management firmware on the system.

Prerequisites

Ensure that you clear the web browser cache before downloading the drivers and firmware.

Steps

1. Go to www.dell.com/support/drivers .

2. Enter the Service Tag of the system in the Enter a Dell Service Tag, Dell EMC Product ID or Model field, and then press

Enter.

NOTE: If you do not have the Service Tag, select Detect PC to automatically detect the Service Tag, or click Browse all products , and navigate to your product.

3. On the displayed product page, click Drivers & Downloads .

On the Drivers & Downloads page, all drivers that are applicable to the system are displayed.

4. Download the drivers to a USB drive, CD, DVD or local machine.

Initial system setup and configuration 25

4

Installing and removing system components

Topics:

Safety instructions

Before working inside your system

After working inside your system

Recommended tools

Cable routing

RIO card

Optional front bezel

System cover

Drive backplane cover

Control panel

Air shroud

Cooling fan

Side wall brackets

Drives

Drive backplane

Rear drive cage

Front PERC module

System memory

Processor and heat sink

Expansion cards and expansion card risers

Optional serial COM port

Optional IDSDM module

MicroSD card

M.2 SSD module

BOSS S2 card (optional)

System battery

Optional internal USB card

Intrusion switch module

Optional OCP card

Power supply unit

Trusted Platform Module

System board

LOM card and rear I/O board

Safety instructions

NOTE: To avoid injury, do not lift the system on your own. Get others to assist you.

WARNING: Opening or removing the system cover while the system is turned on may expose you to a risk of electric shock..

CAUTION: Many repairs may only be done by a certified service technician. You should only perform troubleshooting and simple repairs as authorized in your product documentation, or as directed by the online or telephone service and support team. Damage due to servicing that is not authorized by Dell is not covered by your warranty. Read and follow the safety instructions that are shipped with your product.

26 Installing and removing system components

CAUTION: To ensure proper operation and cooling, all system bays and fans must be always populated with a component or a blank.

NOTE: It is recommended that you always use an antistatic mat and antistatic strap while working on components inside the system.

NOTE: While replacing the hot swappable PSU, after next server boot; the new PSU automatically updates to the same firmware and configuration of the replaced one. For more information about the Part replacement configuration, see the

Lifecycle Controller User's Guide at https://www.dell.com/idracmanuals

NOTE: While replacing faulty storage controller/FC/NIC card with the same type of card, after you power on the system; the new card automatically updates to the same firmware and configuration of the faulty one. For more information about the Part replacement configuration, see the Lifecycle Controller User's Guide at https://www.dell.com/idracmanuals

CAUTION: Ensure to have two or more people to lift the system horizontally from the box and place it on a flat surface, rack lift, or into the rails.

Before working inside your system

Prerequisites

Follow the safety guidelines listed in

Safety instructions

on page 26.

Steps

1. Power off the system and all attached peripherals.

2. Disconnect the system from the electrical outlet, and disconnect the peripherals.

3. If applicable, remove the system from the rack.

For more information, see the Rail Installation Guide relevant to your rail solutions at www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals .

4. Remove the system cover.

After working inside your system

Prerequisites

Follow the safety guidelines listed in

Safety instructions

on page 26.

Steps

1. Replace the system cover.

2. If applicable, install the system into the rack.

For more information, see the Rail Installation Guide relevant to your rail solutions at www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals .

3. Reconnect the peripherals and connect the system to the electrical outlet, and then power on the system.

Recommended tools

You need the following tools to perform the removal and installation procedures:

● Key to the bezel lock. The key is required only if your system includes a bezel.

● Phillips #1 screwdriver

● Phillips #2 screwdriver

● Torx #T20 screwdriver

● 5mm hex nut screwdriver

● Plastic scribe

● 1/4 inch flat blade screwdriver

● Wrist grounding strap connected to the ground

● ESD mat

Installing and removing system components 27

Cable routing

Figure 18. 12x 3.5-inch

Figure 19. 8 x 3.5-inch

28 Installing and removing system components

Figure 20. 12 x 3.5-inch with rear hard drives

Figure 21. 24 x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA hard drives

Installing and removing system components 29

Figure 22. 12 x 3.5-inch with NVMe

Figure 23. 24 x 2.5-inch with NVMe

30 Installing and removing system components

Figure 24. 16 x 2.5-inch

Figure 25. 8 x 2.5-inch with NVMe

Installing and removing system components 31

Figure 26. 8 x 2.5-inch with NVMe

Figure 27. 8 x 2.5-inch with NVMe

32 Installing and removing system components

Figure 28. 16 x 2.5-inch with NVMe and GPUs

Figure 29. 8 x 2.5-inch with NVMe and GPUs

RIO card

Removing the Rear Input Output (RIO) card

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the system board .

Installing and removing system components 33

Steps

1. Using a Phillips #2 screwdriver, remove the screws that secure the RIO card to the system board.

2. Holding the edges, pull the RIO card to disconnect from the connector on the system board.

Figure 30. Removing the RIO card

Next steps

1.

Replace the RIO card

.

Installing the RIO card

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the system board .

4. If required, remove the LOM card

.

NOTE: Upgrading the system board with the liquid cooling solution requires the LOM card to be replaced with the RIO card.

Steps

1. Align the connectors and slots on RIO card with the connector and standoffs on the system board.

2. Press the RIO card until firmly seated on the system board connector.

3. Using a Phillips #2 screwdriver, secure the RIO card to the system board with the two screws.

34 Installing and removing system components

Figure 31. Installing the RIO card

Next steps

1.

Install the system board

.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Optional front bezel

Removing the front bezel

The procedure to remove the front bezel with and without the LCD panel is the same.

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Keep the bezel key handy.

NOTE: The bezel key is part of the LCD bezel package.

Steps

1. Unlock the bezel.

2. Press the release button, and disengage the left end of the bezel.

3. Unhook the right end, and remove the bezel.

Installing and removing system components 35

Figure 32. Removing the front bezel

Next steps

1.

Replace the front bezel

.

Installing the front bezel

The procedure to install the front bezel with and without the LCD panel is the same.

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Locate and remove the bezel key.

NOTE: The bezel key is part of the LCD bezel package.

Steps

1. Align and insert the tabs on the bezel into the slots on the system.

2. Press the bezel until the release button clicks in place.

3. Lock the bezel.

36 Installing and removing system components

Figure 33. Installing the front bezel

System cover

Removing the system cover

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Power off the system, and any attached peripherals.

3. Disconnect the system from the electrical outlet and peripherals.

Steps

1. Using a 1/4-inch flat head or a Phillips #2 screwdriver rotate the lock counterclockwise to the unlock position.

2. Lift the release latch until the system cover slides back.

3. Lift the cover from the system.

Installing and removing system components 37

Figure 34. Removing the system cover

Next steps

1.

Replace the system cover

.

Installing the system cover

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. Ensure that all internal cables are connected and routed properly, and no tools or extra parts are left inside the system.

Steps

1. Align the tabs on the system cover with the guide slots on the system and slide the system cover.

2. Close the system cover release latch.

3. Using a 1/4-inch flat head or Phillips #2 screwdriver, rotate the lock clockwise to the lock position.

38 Installing and removing system components

Figure 35. Installing the system cover

Next steps

1. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Drive backplane cover

Removing the drive backplane cover

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

Steps

1. Slide the backplane cover in the direction of the arrows marked on the drive backplane cover.

2. Lift the backplane cover from the system.

Installing and removing system components 39

Figure 36. Removing the drive backplane cover

Next steps

1.

Replace the drive backplane cover

.

Installing the drive backplane cover

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

Steps

1. Align the drive backplane cover with the guide slots on the system.

2. Slide the drive backplane cover to the front of the system until the drive backplane cover fits into place.

40 Installing and removing system components

Figure 37. Installing the drive backplane cover

Next steps

1. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Control panel

Removing the right control panel

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the drive backplane cover .

4. If installed,

remove the air shroud .

5.

Remove the cooling fan assembly .

6.

Remove the side wall bracket

.

Steps

1. Using the Phillips #1 screwdriver, remove the screws that secure the right control panel and the right control panels cable cover to the system and remove the cable cover away the system.

2. Disconnect the right control panel cable and the VGA cable from the connectors on the system board.

3. Holding the cable, slide the right control panel out of the system.

NOTE: Observe the routing of the cable as you remove the right control panel from the system.

NOTE: The numbers on the image do not depict the exact steps. The numbers are for representation of sequence.

Installing and removing system components 41

Figure 38. Removing the right control panel

Next steps

1.

Replace the right control panel .

Installing the right control panel

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

Steps

1. Align and slide the right control panel in the slot on the system.

2. Connect the right control panel cable and VGA cable to the connectors on the system board.

3. Route the right control panel cable through the side wall of the system. Align and slide the right control panel cable cover in the slot on the system.

NOTE: Route the cable properly to prevent the cable from being pinched or crimped.

4. Using the Phillips #1 screwdriver, tighten the screws that secure the right control panel and the right control panel cable cover to the system.

42 Installing and removing system components

NOTE: The numbers on the image do not depict the exact steps. The numbers are for representation of sequence.

Figure 39. Installing the right control panel

Next steps

1.

Install the side wall bracket

.

2.

Install the cooling fan assembly

.

3.

Install the drive backplane cover

.

4. If removed, install the air shroud .

5. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Removing the left control panel

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the drive backplane cover .

4. If installed,

remove the air shroud .

5.

Remove the cooling fan assembly .

6.

Remove the side wall bracket

.

Installing and removing system components 43

Steps

1. Disconnect the control panel cable from the connector on the system board.

2. Using the Phillips #1 screwdriver, remove the screws that secure the left control panel and the left control panels cable cover to the system.

3. Hold the left control panel cable, and slide the left control panel out of the system.

NOTE: Observe the routing of the cable as you remove the right control panel from the system.

NOTE: The numbers on the image do not depict the exact steps. The numbers are for representation of sequence.

Figure 40. Removing the left control panel

Next steps

1.

Replace the left control panel

.

Installing the left control panel

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

Steps

1. Align and slide the left control panel in the slot on the system.

2. Connect the left control panel cable to the connector on the system board .

3. Route the left control panel cable through the side wall of the system. Align and slide the left control panel cable cover in the slot on the system.

NOTE: Route the cable properly to prevent the cable from being pinched or crimped.

44 Installing and removing system components

4. Using the Phillips #1 screwdriver, tighten the screws to secure the left control panel and the left control panel cable cover to the system.

NOTE: The numbers on the image do not depict the exact steps. The numbers are for representation of sequence.

Figure 41. Installing the left control panel

Next steps

1.

Install the side wall bracket

.

2.

Install the cooling fan assembly

.

3.

Install the drive backplane cover

.

4. If removed, install the air shroud .

5. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Installing and removing system components 45

Air shroud

Removing the air shroud

Prerequisites

CAUTION: Never operate your system with the air shroud removed. The system may get overheated quickly, resulting in shutdown of the system and loss of data.

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

Steps

Hold the edges of the air shroud, and lift the air shroud out of the system.

Figure 42. Removing the air shroud

Next steps

1.

Replace the air shroud .

Installing the air shroud

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

Steps

1. Align the slot on the air shroud with the standoff on the system.

46 Installing and removing system components

2. Lower the air shroud into the system until it is firmly seated.

Figure 43. Installing the air shroud

Next steps

1. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Removing the GPU air shroud

Prerequisites

CAUTION: Never operate your system with the air shroud removed. The system may get overheated quickly, resulting in shutdown of the system and loss of data.

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

Steps

Hold the edges of the GPU air shroud, and lift the air shroud out of the system.

Installing and removing system components 47

Figure 44. Removing the GPU air shroud

Next steps

1.

Replace the air shroud .

Installing the GPU air shroud

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

Steps

1. Align the slot on the GPU air shroud with the standoff on the system.

2. Lower the GPU air shroud into the system until it is firmly seated.

48 Installing and removing system components

Figure 45. Installing the GPU air shroud

Next steps

1. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Removing the GPU air shroud top cover

Prerequisites

CAUTION: Never operate your system with the air shroud removed. The system may get overheated quickly, resulting in shutdown of the system and loss of data.

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

Steps

Press the blue tabs on either sides of the top cover, and lift the top cover out of the GPU air shroud.

Installing and removing system components 49

Figure 46. Removing the GPU air shroud top cover

Next steps

1.

Replace the GPU air shroud top cover .

Installing the GPU air shroud top cover

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

Steps

1. Align the tabs on the top cover with the slots on the GPU air shroud.

2. Lower the top cover into the GPU air shroud until it is firmly seated.

50 Installing and removing system components

Figure 47. Installing the GPU air shroud top cover

Next steps

1. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Cooling fan

Removing the cooling fan cage assembly

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If installed,

remove the air shroud .

Steps

1. Lift the blue release levers to unlock the cooling fan cage assembly from the system.

2. Hold the release levers, and lift the cooling fan cage assembly away from the system.

Installing and removing system components 51

Figure 48. Removing the cooling fan cage assembly

Next steps

1.

Install the cooling fan cage assembly

.

Installing the cooling fan cage assembly

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

CAUTION: Ensure that the cables inside the system are correctly installed and retained by the cable retention bracket before installing the cooling fan cage assembly. Incorrectly installed cables may get damaged.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If installed,

remove the air shroud .

Steps

1. Align the guide rails on the cooling fan cage assembly with the standoffs on the system.

2. Lower the cooling fan cage assembly into the system until the cooling fan cage connectors engage with the connectors on the system board.

3. Press the release levers to lock the cooling fan cage assembly into the system.

52 Installing and removing system components

Figure 49. Installing the cooling fan cage assembly

Next steps

1. If removed, install the air shroud .

2. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Removing a cooling fan

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If installed,

remove the air shroud .

Steps

Press the orange release tab and lift the cooling fan to disconnect the fan from the connector on the system board.

NOTE: The procedure to remove standard, high-performance (silver grade), or high-performance (gold grade) fan is same.

WARNING: Ensure not to tilt or rotate the cooling fan while removing from the system.

Installing and removing system components 53

Figure 50. Removing a cooling fan

Next steps

1.

Replace a cooling fan

.

Installing a cooling fan

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

Steps

Align and slide the cooling fan into the cooling fan assembly until the fan clicks into place.

NOTE: The procedure to install standard, high-performance (silver grade), or high-performance (gold grade) fan is same.

54 Installing and removing system components

Figure 51. Installing a cooling fan

Next steps

1. If removed, install the air shroud .

2. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Side wall brackets

Removing the side wall bracket

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If installed,

remove the front bezel

.

4.

Remove the backplane cover .

5. If installed,

remove the air shroud .

6.

Remove the cooling fan assembly .

NOTE: Ensure that you note the routing of the cables as you remove them from the system board. Route the cable properly when you replace it to prevent the cable from being pinched or crimped.

Steps

1. Press the tab to release the side wall bracket cover.

NOTE: Unroute the cables to release them from the side wall bracket.

2. Release the bracket from the chassis, and lift it away from the system.

Installing and removing system components 55

Figure 52. Removing the side wall bracket

Next steps

1.

Replace the side wall bracket

.

Installing the side wall bracket

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If installed,

remove the front bezel

.

4.

Remove the backplane cover .

5. If installed,

remove the air shroud .

NOTE: Ensure that you note the routing of the cables as you remove them from the system board. Route the cable properly when you replace it to prevent the cable from being pinched or crimped.

Steps

1. Align the side wall bracket with the tabs on the chassis.

2. Press the side wall bracket with your thumbs until the bracket firmly clicks into place.

NOTE: Route the cables through the side wall bracket.

3. Close the side wall bracket cover with your thumbs until the cover firmly clicks into place.

56 Installing and removing system components

Figure 53. Installing the side wall bracket

Next steps

1.

Replace the cooling fan assembly

.

2. If removed, install the air shroud .

3.

Install the backplane cover

.

4. If installed,

install the front bezel

.

5. Follow the procedure listed in the

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Drives

Removing a drive blank

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. If installed,

remove the front bezel

.

CAUTION: To maintain proper system cooling, drive blanks must be installed in all empty drive slots.

Steps

Press the release button, and slide the drive blank out of the drive slot.

Installing and removing system components 57

Figure 54. Removing a drive blank

Next steps

1.

Replace the drive blank

.

Installing a drive blank

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. If installed,

remove the front bezel

.

Steps

Insert the drive blank into the drive slot until the release button clicks into place.

Figure 55. Installing a drive blank

Next steps

1. If removed, install the front bezel .

Removing the drive carrier

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. If installed,

remove the front bezel

.

3. Using the management software, prepare the drive for removal.

If the drive is online, the green activity or fault indicator blinks while the drive is powering off. When the drive indicators are off, the drive is ready for removal. For more information, see the documentation for the storage controller.

58 Installing and removing system components

CAUTION: Before attempting to remove or install a drive while the system is running, see the documentation for the storage controller card to ensure that the host adapter is configured correctly to support drive removal and insertion.

CAUTION: To prevent data loss, ensure that your operating system supports drive installation. For more information about the drives installation or uninstallation requirements, see the operating system's user guide.

Steps

1. Press the release button to open the drive carrier release handle.

2. Holding the drive carrier release handle, slide the drive carrier out of the drive slot.

Figure 56. Removing a drive carrier

Next steps

1.

Install a drive carrier

or

drive blank

.

Installing the drive carrier

Prerequisites

CAUTION: Before removing or installing a drive while the system is running, see the documentation for the storage controller card to ensure that the host adapter is configured correctly to support drive removal and insertion.

CAUTION: Combining SAS and SATA drives in the same RAID volume is not supported.

CAUTION: When installing a drive, ensure that the adjacent drives are fully installed. Inserting a drive carrier and attempting to lock its handle next to a partially installed carrier can damage the partially installed carrier's shield spring and make it unusable.

CAUTION: To prevent data loss, ensure that your operating system supports hot-swap drive installation. See the documentation supplied with your operating system.

NOTE: When a replacement hot swappable drive is installed while the system is powered on, the drive automatically begins to rebuild. Ensure that the replacement drive is blank. Any data on the replacement drive is immediately lost once the drive is installed.

Installing and removing system components 59

NOTE: Ensure that the drive carrier's release handle is in the open position before inserting the carrier into the slot.

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. If installed,

remove the front bezel

.

3. Remove the drive carrier or remove the drive blank when you want to assemble the drives in to the system.

Steps

1. Slide the drive carrier into the drive slot.

2. Close the drive carrier release handle to lock the drive in place.

Figure 57. Installing a drive carrier

Next steps

If removed,

install the front bezel

.

Removing the drive from the drive carrier

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. If installed,

remove the front bezel

.

Steps

1. Using a Phillips #1 screwdriver, remove the screws from the slide rails on the drive carrier.

NOTE: If the hard drive or SSD carrier has Torx screw, use Torx 6 (for 2.5-inch drive) or Torx 8 (for 3.5-inch drive) screwdriver to remove the drive.

60 Installing and removing system components

2. Lift the drive out of the drive carrier.

Figure 58. Removing the drive from the drive carrier

Next steps

Install the drive into the drive carrier

.

Installing the drive into the drive carrier

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. If installed,

remove the front bezel

.

3.

Remove the drive blank

.

Steps

1. Insert the drive into the drive carrier with the drive connector facing towards the rear of the carrier.

2. Align the screw holes on the drive with the screws holes on the drive carrier.

3. Using a Phillips #1 screwdriver, secure the drive to the drive carrier with the screws.

NOTE: When installing a drive into the drive carrier, ensure that the screws are torqued to 4 lbf-in.

NOTE: If the hard drive or SSD carrier has Torx screw, use Torx 6 (for 2.5-inch drive) or Torx 8 (for 3.5-inch drive) screwdriver to install the drive.

Installing and removing system components 61

Figure 59. Installing a drive into the drive carrier

Next steps

1.

Install the drive carrier

.

2. If removed, install the front bezel .

Drive backplane

Drive backplane

Depending on your system configuration, the drive backplanes supported are listed here:

Table 11. Supported backplane options

System

PowerEdge R7525

Supported hard drives options

3.5-inch (x8) SAS, SATA backplane

3.5-inch (x12) SAS or SATA backplane

2.5-inch (x8) SAS, SATA or NVMe backplane

2.5-inch (x16) SAS or SATA backplane

2.5-inch (x24) NVMe backplane

62 Installing and removing system components

Figure 60. 8 x 2.5-inch drive backplane

1. BP_PWR_CTRL

3. DST_PA1 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

5. DST_PA2 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

7. DST_PB2 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

2. BP_DST_SA1 (PERC to backplane)

4. DST_PB1 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

6. BP_PWR_1 (backplane power and signal cable to system board)

Figure 61. 8 x 3.5-inch drive backplane

1. BP_PWR_1 (backplane power and signal cable to system board)

Figure 62. 12x 3.5-inch drive backplane

1. BP_DST_SB1

2. BP_PWR_1 (backplane power and signal cable to system board)

3. BP_DST_SA1

Installing and removing system components 63

Figure 63. 16 x 2.5-inch drive backplane

1. BP_DST_SB1 (backplane to front PERC)

3. BP_PWR_CTRL (front PERC power and control signal)

2. BP_PWR_1 (backplane power and signal cable to system board)

4. BP_DST_SA1 (backplane to front PERC)

Figure 64. 24 x 2.5-inch drive backplane

1. DST_PB6 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

3. DST_PB5 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

5. DST_PA5 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

7. DST_PA4 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

9. DST_PA3 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

11. DST_PWR_1 (backplane power and signal cable to system board)

13. DST_PB1 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

2. DST_PA6 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

4. DST_PWR_2 (backplane power and signal cable to system board)

6. DST_PB4 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

8. DST_PB3 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

10. DST_PB2 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

12. DST_PA2 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

14. DST_PA1 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

Figure 65. 24 X 2.5-inch drive backplane

1. DST_SA1

3. DST_SB1

5. DST_PA1 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

7. DST_PB1 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

9. DST_PA2 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

64 Installing and removing system components

2. SRC_SA1

4. BP_PWR_1

6. BP_PWR_2

8. BP_PWR_CTRL

10. DST_PB2 (PCIe/NVMe connector)

Removing the drive backplane

Prerequisites

CAUTION: To prevent damage to the drives and backplane, remove the drives from the system before removing the backplane.

CAUTION: Note the number of each drive and temporarily label them before you remove the drive so that you can reinstall them in the same location.

NOTE: The procedure to remove the backplane is similar for all backplane configurations.

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the backplane cover .

4. If installed,

remove the air shroud .

5.

Remove all the drives

.

6.

Remove the cooling fan cage assembly

.

7. Disconnect the drive backplane cables from the connector on the system board.

8. Disconnect the drive backplane cables from the connector on the backplane.

Steps

1. Press the blue release tabs to disengage the drive backplane from the hooks on the system.

2. Lift and pull the drive backplane out of the system.

NOTE: To avoid damaging the backplane, ensure that you move the control panel cables from the cable routing clips before removing the backplane.

Figure 66. Removing the drive backplane

Installing and removing system components 65

Next steps

1.

Replace the drive backplane

.

Installing the drive backplane

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the backplane cover .

4. If installed,

remove the air shroud .

5.

Remove all the drives

.

6.

Remove the cooling fan cage assembly

.

NOTE: To avoid damaging the backplane, ensure to move the control panel cables from the cable routing clips before removing the backplane.

NOTE: Route the cable properly when you replace it to prevent the cable from being pinched or crimped.

Steps

1. Use the guides on the system as guides to align the slots on the backplane.

2. Insert the backplane into the guides and lower the backplane until the blue release tabs clicks into place.

3. Route the cables properly through the cable guide and connect the cables to the connector on the system board.

Figure 67. Installing the drive backplane

Next steps

1.

Install the cooling fan cage assembly

.

2.

Install all the drives .

3. If removed, install the air shroud .

4.

Install the drive backplane cover

.

66 Installing and removing system components

5. Connect the drive backplane cables to the connector on the system board.

6. Connect the drive backplane cables to the connector on the backplane.

7. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Rear drive cage

Removing the 4 x 2.5-inch rear drive module

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in

Safety instructions

.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system .

3.

Remove all the drives

.

4. Disconnect the cables from the rear drive module.

NOTE: Refer cable routing topic for more information.

Steps

1. Using a Phillips #2 screwdriver, loosen the captive screws that secures the rear drive module to the system.

2. Lift the rear drive module from the system.

Figure 68. Removing the 4 x 2.5-inch rear drive module

Next steps

1.

Replace the 4 x 2.5-inch rear drive module .

Installing and removing system components 67

Installing the 4 x 2.5-inch rear drive module

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in

Safety instructions

.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system .

3. If installed, remove the expansion card risers

.

Steps

1. Align and lower the rear drive module with the guide on the system board.

2. Using a Phillips #2 screwdriver, tighten the captive screws that secures the rear drive module into the system.

Figure 69. Installing the 4 x 2.5-inch rear drive module

Next steps

1. Connect all the cables to the rear drive module.

2.

Install the drives

.

3. Follow the procedure listed in After working inside your system.

Removing the rear drive cage

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove all the drives

.

4. Disconnect all the cables from the rear drive cage.

5. If installed, remove the expansion card riser

.

68 Installing and removing system components

Steps

1. Loosen the captive screws that secure the rear drive cage to the system.

2. Push the guide hole tab to release the rear drive cage from the system and lift the rear drive cage away from the system.

Figure 70. Removing the rear drive cage

Next steps

1.

Replace the rear drive cage .

Installing the rear drive cage

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

Steps

1. Align the guide and slot on the rear drive module with the slot and guide on the system.

2. Insert the rear drive module on top of the Riser 2a.

3. Tighten the captive screws to secure the rear drive cage to the system.

Installing and removing system components 69

Figure 71. Installing the rear drive cage

Next steps

1. Replace the expansion card riser

, if needed.

2. Connect all the cables to the rear drive cage.

3.

Install all the drives .

4. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Front PERC module

Removing the front mounting front PERC module

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

remove the backplane cover .

4. If installed,

remove the air shroud .

5. Disconnect all the cables, observe the cable routing.

Steps

1. Using a Phillips #2 screwdriver, loosen the captive screws on the front PERC module.

2. Slide and pull the front PERC module to disengage from the connector on the drive backplane.

70 Installing and removing system components

Figure 72. Removing the front mounting front PERC module

Next steps

1.

Replace the front mounting front PERC module

.

Installing the front mounting front PERC module

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the backplane cover .

4. If installed,

remove the air shroud .

5. Route the cable properly to prevent the cable from being pinched or crimped.

Steps

1. Align the front PERC module at an angle until the tray touches the slot in the system.

2. Slide and press the front PERC module connector with the connector on the drive backplane until firmly seated.

3. Using a Phillips #2 screwdriver, tighten the captive screws on the front PERC module.

NOTE: The numbers on the image do not depict the exact steps. The numbers are for representation of sequence.

Installing and removing system components 71

Figure 73. Installing the front mounting front PERC module

Next steps

1. Reconnect all the required cables.

2. If removed, install the air shroud .

3.

Install the drive backplane cover

.

4. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Removing the rear mounting front PERC module

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the backplane cover .

4. If installed,

remove the air shroud .

5.

Remove the drive backplane

.

6. Disconnect all the cables, observe the cable routing.

Steps

1. Using a Phillips #2 screwdriver, loosen the captive screws on the front PERC module.

NOTE: The mounting bracket for the 24 x 2.5-inch backplane is on the right of the backplane. The removal of the PERC module is on the right side of the backplane.

2. Slide the front PERC module to disengage from the connector on the drive backplane.

72 Installing and removing system components

Figure 74. Removing the rear mounting front PERC module

Next steps

1.

Replace the rear mounting front PERC module

.

Installing the rear mounting front PERC module

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the backplane cover .

4. If installed,

remove the air shroud .

5.

Remove the drive backplane

.

6. Route the cable properly to prevent the cable from being pinched or crimped.

Steps

1. Align the connectors and guide slots on the front PERC module with the connectors and guide pins on the drive backplane.

NOTE: The mounting bracket for the 24 x 2.5-inch backplane is on the right of the backplane. The installation of the

PERC module is on the right side of the backplane.

2. Slide the front PERC module until the module is connected to the drive backplane.

3. Using a Phillips #2 screwdriver, tighten the captive screws on the front PERC module.

NOTE: The numbers on the image do not depict the exact steps. The numbers are for representation of sequence.

Installing and removing system components 73

Figure 75. Installing the rear mounting front PERC module

Next steps

1.

Install the drive backplane

.

2. If removed, install the air shroud .

3.

Install the drive backplane cover

.

4. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

System memory

System memory guidelines

The PowerEdge R7525 system supports DDR4 registered DIMMs (RDIMMs) and Load Reduced DIMM (LRDIMMs). System memory holds the instructions that are started by the processor.

Your system memory is organized into eight channels per processor (two memory sockets per channel),16 memory sockets per processor and 32 memory sockets per system.

74 Installing and removing system components

Figure 76. Memory channels

Memory channels are organized as follows:

Table 12. Memory channels

Processor Channel

A

Processor 1 Slots A6 and A12

Channel

B

Slots A5 and A11

Processor

2

Slots B6 and B12

Slots B5 and B11

Channel C Channel D Channel E

Slots A2 and A10

Slots B2 and B10

Slots A1 and

A9

Slots A8 and

A16

Slots B1 and

B9

Slots B8 and

B16

Channel F Channel G

Slots A7 and A15

Slots B7 and B15

Slots A4 and

A14

Slots B4 and

B14

Table 13. Supported memory matrix

DIMM type Rank Capacity

RDIMM

LRDIMM

1 R

2 R

4 R

8 R

8R

8 GB

16 GB, 32 GB, 64

GB

128 GB

128 GB

128 GB

Channel H

Slots A3 and

A13

Slots B3 and

B13

DIMM rated voltage and speed

Operating Speed

1 DIMM per channel (DPC)

3200 MT/s DDR4 (1.2 V), 3200

MT/s

DDR4 (1.2 V), 3200

MT/s

DDR4 (1.2 V), 3200

MT/s

DDR4 (1.2 V), 2666

MT/s

3200 MT/s

3200 MT/s

2666 MT/s

DDR4 (1.2 V), 3200

MT/s

3200 MT/s

2 DIMMs per channel (DPC)

2933 MT/s

2933 MT/s

3200 MT/s

2666 MT/s

2933 MT/s

Installing and removing system components 75

General memory module installation guidelines

To ensure optimal performance of your system, observe the following general guidelines when configuring your system memory.

If your system's memory configurations fail to observe these guidelines, your system might not boot, stop responding during memory configuration, or operate with reduced memory. This section provides information on the memory population rules and about the non-uniform memory access (NUMA) for single or dual processor system.

The memory bus may operate at speeds of 3200 MT/s, 2933 MT/s, or 2666 MT/s depending on the following factors:

● System profile selected (for example, Performance Optimized, or Custom [can be run at high speed or lower])

● Maximum supported DIMM speed of the processors

● Maximum supported speed of the DIMMs

NOTE: MT/s indicates DIMM speed in MegaTransfers per second.

The system supports Flexible Memory Configuration, enabling the system to be configured and run in any valid chipset architectural configuration. The following are the recommended guidelines for installing memory modules:

● All DIMMs must be DDR4.

● Mixing of memory module capacities in a system is not supported.

● If memory modules with different speeds are installed, they operate at the speed of the slowest installed memory module(s).

● Populate memory module sockets only if a processor is installed.

○ For single-processor systems, sockets A1 to A16 are available.

○ For dual-processor systems, sockets A1 to A16 and sockets B1 to B16 are available.

○ In Optimizer Mode, the DRAM controllers operate independently in the 64-bit mode and provide optimized memory performance.

Table 14. Memory population rules

Processor

Single processor

Configuration

Optimizer (Independent channel) population order

Memory population

A{1}, A{2}, A{3}, A{4}, A{5},

A{6}, A{7}, A{8}, A{9}, A{10},

A{11}, A{12}, A{13}, A{14}, A{15},

A{16}

Memory population information

Odd amount of DIMMs per processor allowed.

Dual processor (Start with processor1. Processor

1 and processor 2 population should match)

Optimizer (Independent channel) population order

A{1}, B{1}, A{2}, B{2}, A{3}, B{3},

A{4}, B{4}, A{5}, B{5}, A{6},

B{6}, A{7}, B{7} A{8}, B{8}

Odd amount of DIMMs per processor is allowed.

DIMMs must be populated identically per processor.

● Populate all the sockets with white release tabs first, followed by the black release tabs.

● In a dual-processor configuration, the memory configuration for each processor must be identical. For example, if you populate socket A1 for processor 1, then populate socket B1 for processor 2, and so on.

● Unbalanced or odd memory configuration results in a performance loss and system may not identify the memory modules being installed, so always populate memory channels identically with equal DIMMs for best performance.

● Minimum recommended configuration is to populate four equal memory modules per processor. AMD recommends limiting processors in that system to 32 cores or less.

● Populate eight equal memory modules per processor (one DIMM per channel) at a time to maximize performance.

NOTE: Equal memory modules refer to DIMMs with identical electrical specification and capacity that may be from different vendors.

Memory interleaving with Non-uniform memory access (NUMA)

Non-uniform memory access (NUMA) is a memory design used in multi-processing, where the memory access time depends on the memory location relative to the processor. In NUMA, a processor can access its own local memory faster than the non-local memory.

NUMA nodes per socket (NPS) is a new feature added that allows you to configure the memory NUMA domains per socket.

The configuration can consist of one whole domain (NPS1), two domains (NPS2), or four domains (NPS4). In the case of a two-socket platform, an additional NPS profile is available to have whole system memory to be mapped as single NUMA domain

(NPS0). For more information on the memory interleaving for NPSx, see the Memory interleaving population rules section in this topic.

BIOS implementation for NPSx

● The BIOS Setup menu presents the applicable NPSx options based on the underlying model number. A change to the current

NPSx is communicated to pre-BIOS firmware to take effect on the next boot. The default NPS setting is 1.

76 Installing and removing system components

● During boot, if the selected NPSx option is not allowed for the model number (for example, if the processor model number changes between reboot), system will halt at the end of POST with UEFI0388 message displayed. On the next reboot, the system will fall back to NPS1 default setting.

● During boot, if the preferred interleaving for the current NPSx is not possible due to memory configuration (for example, the memory population is inconsistent with the preferred interleaving), BIOS shows a warning message UEFI0391.

NOTE: System is functional when UEFI0391 message is displayed. However, the system may not be configured for optimal performance.

NPS system optimization

Optimal system configuration is dependent on the processor model, memory configuration, and NPS settings. Match the memory configuration with the NPS settings available for the processor.

Table 15. Supported NPS modes by Processors

Model Number

7742

7702

7662

7642

7552

7542

7532

7502

7452

7402

7352

7302

7282

7272

7262

7252

7F72

7F52

7F32

7H12

7713

7543

7763

1, 0

2, 1, 0

4, 2, 1, 0

4, 2, 1, 0

4, 2, 1, 0

4, 2, 1, 0

4, 2, 1, 0

4, 2, 1, 0

NPS modes supported

4, 2, 1, 0

4, 2, 1, 0

4, 2, 1, 0

4, 2, 1, 0

2, 1, 0

4, 2, 1, 0

4, 2, 1, 0

4, 2, 1, 0

4, 2, 1, 0

4, 2, 1, 0

4, 2, 1, 0

4, 2, 1, 0

1, 0

1, 0

4, 2, 1, 0

2

3

4

Table 16. Optimal NPS configuration

Number of

DIMMs per processor

1

0 1

X

NPS

2 4

X

X

X

Installing and removing system components 77

10

11

12

6

7

8

9

13

14

15

16

Table 16. Optimal NPS configuration (continued)

Number of

DIMMs per processor

5

0 1

X

X

X

X

NPS

2

X

4

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

● Recommended NPS setting is marked by X that indicate optimal performance.

● NPS0 is only available for dual processor systems and is the preferred setting.

● The NPS setting that are blank are functional. However, indicate non-optimal performance.

● BIOS default NPS setting is 1.

● UEFI0391 message may be displayed during boot if DIMMs are configured in the blank spaces of the table.

● If the processor does not support the desired NPS setting for a given number of DIMMs, then use default setting (NPS1) and the UEFI0391 message is displayed.

Memory interleaving population rules

● NPS4: Two channel interleaving

○ This interleaves channel [A and B], [C and D], etc.

○ Each channel within the pair requires at least one equal memory modules populated.

○ Works with three memory modules per channel pair, non-symmetrical module is stacked on top (odd configurations).

○ Any memory channel where one of the two channels is not populated is not interleaved.

○ There is no alternate, as all configurations can be mapped into this mode.

● NPS2: Four channel interleaving

○ This interleaves the four channels on the left or right half of a processor which are channels [A, B, C, D] and [E, F, G, H].

○ All four channels require equal memory modules populated.

○ Each half or interleave set may have different total memory capacity with respect to each other.

● NPS1: Eight channel interleaving

○ This interleaves all channels in a processor [A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H].

○ All channels in a processor require equal memory modules populated.

○ Single processor system creates a single NUMA node for the system.

NOTE: An exception is allowed when system has 4-channels populated [C, D, G, H] with equal memory allowing the system to enter NPS1 mode even though all the 8 channels are not populated.

● NPS0: Sixteen channel interleaving (dual processor)

○ This interleaves all 16 channels in a dual processor system.

○ All channels in a system require equal memory modules populated.

○ Dual processor systems create a single NUMA node for the system.

78 Installing and removing system components

Removing a memory module

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If installed,

remove the air shroud .

WARNING: The memory modules are hot to touch for some time after the system has been powered off. Allow the memory modules to cool before handling them. Handle the memory modules by the card edges and avoid touching the components or metallic contacts on the memory module.

Steps

1. Locate the appropriate memory module socket.

2. To release the memory module from the socket, simultaneously press the ejectors on both ends of the memory module socket.

CAUTION: Handle each memory module only by the card edges, ensuring not to touch the middle of the memory module or metallic contacts.

3. Lift the memory module away from the system.

Figure 77. Removing a memory module

Next steps

1.

Replace the memory module .

Installing a memory module

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If installed,

remove the air shroud .

WARNING: The memory modules are hot to touch for some time after the system has been powered down. Allow the memory modules to cool before handling them. Handle the memory modules by the card edges and avoid touching the components or metallic contacts on the memory module.

Steps

1. Locate the appropriate memory module socket.

Installing and removing system components 79

CAUTION: Handle each memory module only by the card edges, ensuring not to touch the middle of the memory module or metallic contacts.

2. If a memory module is installed in the socket, remove it.

3. Align the edge connector of the memory module with the alignment key of the memory module socket, and insert the memory module in the socket.

NOTE: Ensure the memory socket ejectors are fully open.

NOTE: The memory module socket has an alignment key that enables you to install the memory module in the socket in only one orientation.

CAUTION: Do not apply pressure at the center of the memory module; apply pressure at both ends of the memory module evenly.

CAUTION: To prevent damage to the memory module or the memory module socket during installation, do not bend or flex the memory module; insert both ends of the memory module simultaneously.

4. Press the memory module with your thumbs until the ejectors firmly click into place. When the memory module is properly seated in the socket, the levers on the memory module socket align with the levers on the other sockets that have memory modules installed.

Figure 78. Installing a memory module

Next steps

1. If removed, install the air shroud .

2. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

3. To verify if the memory module has been installed properly, press F2 and navigate to System Setup Main Menu > System

BIOS > Memory Settings . In the Memory Settings screen, the System Memory Size must reflect the updated capacity of the installed memory.

4. If the System Memory Size is incorrect, one or more of the memory modules may not be installed properly. Ensure that the memory modules are firmly seated in their sockets.

5. Run the system memory test in system diagnostics.

80 Installing and removing system components

Processor and heat sink

Removing a heat sink

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If installed,

remove the air shroud .

WARNING: The heat sink and processor are too hot to touch for some time after the system has been powered off. Allow the heat sink and processor to cool down before handling them.

NOTE: The procedure to uninstall standard and L-type heat sink is similar.

Steps

1. Using a Torx #T20 screwdriver, loosen the captive screws in the order that is mentioned on the heat sink: a. Partially loosen the captive screws 1 and 2 (approximately 3 turns).

b. Partially loosen the captive screws 3 and 4 (approximately 3 turns).

c. Loosen the captive screws 1 and 2 completely.

d. Loosen the captive screws 3 and 4 completely.

NOTE: The captive screw numbers are marked on the heat sink.

2. Lift the heat sink from the system.

Figure 79. Removing a heat sink

Next steps

1. If you are uninstalling a faulty heat sink, replace the heat sink

, else remove the processor .

Installing and removing system components 81

Removing the liquid cooling heat sink modules

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If installed,

remove the air shroud .

WARNING: The liquid cooling heat sink modules and processor are too hot to touch for some time after the system has been powered off. Allow the heat sink and processor to cool down before handling them.

Steps

1. Using a Phillips #1 screw driver, loosen the captive screw on the liquid cooling ring holder.

2. Lift up the liquid cooling ring holder to loosen the liquid cooling tubes.

3. Disconnect the liquid cooling detection cable from the Rio card connector.

NOTE: The numbers on the image do not depict the exact steps. The numbers are for representation of sequence.

4. Remove the liquid cooling tubes end point from the rear exit of the I/O function panel.

5. Slightly lift up the liquid cooling tubes surrounding the DIMM slots.

6. Using a Torx #T20 screwdriver, loosen the captive screws in the order that is mentioned on the liquid cooling heat sink modules: a. Partially loosen the captive screws 1 and 2 (approximately 3 turns).

b. Partially loosen the captive screws 3 and 4 (approximately 3 turns).

c. Loosen the captive screws 1 and 2 completely.

d. Loosen the captive screws 3 and 4 completely.

NOTE: The captive screw numbers are marked on the liquid cooling heat sink modules.

7. Lift the heat sink from the system.

82 Installing and removing system components

Figure 80. Removing the liquid cooling heat sink modules

Next steps

1. If you are uninstalling a faulty heat sink, replace the liquid cooling heat sink modules

, else remove the processor .

Removing the processor

Prerequisites

WARNING: The heat sink may be hot to touch for some time after the system has been powered off. Allow the heat sink to cool before removing it.

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the heat sink

.

CAUTION: You may find the CMOS battery loss or CMOS checksum error is displayed during the first instance of powering on the system after the processor or system board replacement which is expected. To fix, go to set up option to configure the system settings.

Steps

1. Using a Torx #T20 screwdriver, loosen the screws to release the force plate. The sequence to loosen the screws is 3, 2, and

1.

NOTE: The screw numbers are marked on the force plate.

Installing and removing system components 83

Figure 81. Removing screws on the force plate

2. Release the processor socket rail frame by lifting the blue latches.

Figure 82. Lifting the rail frame

3. Holding the blue tab on the processor tray, slide the tray out of the rail frame.

84 Installing and removing system components

Figure 83. Removing the processor tray

Next steps

1.

Replace the processor

.

Installing the processor

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the heat sink

.

Steps

1. Holding the blue tab on the processor tray, slide the tray into the processor socket rail frame until firmly seated.

Installing and removing system components 85

Figure 84. Placing the processor tray into the rail frame

2. Push the rail frame down until the blue latches lock into place.

Figure 85. Closing the rail frame

3. Secure the force plate to the processor socket base by tightening the screws in the sequence 1, 2, and 3. When all three screws are fully threaded, the socket is then actuated. The three screws are tightened to a torque value of 12.0 ± 1.2 lbf-in.

NOTE: The screw numbers are marked on the force plate.

NOTE: Press the force plate while tightening the screws to avoid tilting of the processor cover out of the processor socket.

86 Installing and removing system components

Figure 86. Securing the force plate

Next steps

1.

Install the heat sink

.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Installing the heat sink

Prerequisites

Never uninstall the heat sink from a processor unless you intend to replace the processor or system board. The heat sink is necessary to maintain proper thermal conditions.

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If installed,

remove the air shroud .

4. If installed, remove the processor dust cover.

NOTE: The procedure to install standard and L-type heat sink is similar.

Steps

1. If you are using an existing heat sink, remove the thermal grease on the heat sink by using a clean lint-free cloth.

NOTE: For a new heat sink, the thermal paste is preapplied to the heat sink. Remove the protective cover, and install the heat sink.

2. Use the thermal grease syringe included with your processor kit to apply the grease in a thin spiral on the top of the processor.

Installing and removing system components 87

Figure 87. Applying thermal grease

CAUTION: Applying too much thermal grease can result in excess grease coming in contact with and contaminating the processor socket.

NOTE: The thermal grease syringe is intended for single use only. Dispose of the syringe after you use it.

3. Align the screws on the heat sink with the standoff screws on the system board.

NOTE: The A1 extrusion on the L-type heat sink should face towards the system side.

4. Using a Torx #T20 screwdriver, tighten the captive screws in the order that is mentioned below:

NOTE: The captive screw numbers are marked on the heat sink and are tightened to a torque value of 12.0 ± 1.2 lbf-in.

a. Partially tighten the captive screws 1 and 2 (approximately 3 turns).

b. Partially tighten the captive screws 3 and 4 (approximately 3 turns).

c. Tighten the captive screws 1 and 2 completely.

d. Tighten the captive screws 3 and 4 completely.

88 Installing and removing system components

Figure 88. Installing the heat sink

Next steps

1. If removed, install the air shroud .

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Installing the liquid cooling heat sink

Prerequisites

Never uninstall the heat sink from a processor unless you intend to replace the processor or system board. The heat sink is necessary to maintain proper thermal conditions.

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If installed,

remove the air shroud .

4. If installed, remove the processor dust cover.

5. For new heat sinks, refer to

Installing the heat sink step 1 and 2 for applying the thermal grease.

Steps

1. Align the screws on the liquid cooling heat sink with the standoff screws on the system board. Ensure that the liquid cooling tubes and liquid detection cable are placed towards the rear of the chassis. Using a Torx #T20 screwdriver, tighten the captive screws in the order that is mentioned below:

NOTE: The captive screw numbers are marked on the heat sink and are tightened to a torque value of 12.0 ± 1.2 lbf-in.

a. Partially tighten the captive screws 1 and 2 (approximately 3 turns).

b. Partially tighten the captive screws 3 and 4 (approximately 3 turns).

c. Tighten the captive screws 1 and 2 completely.

d. Tighten the captive screws 3 and 4 completely.

2. Ensure that the liquid cooling tubes leading towards the front of the chassis are placed between the DIMM slots and the

J_SL connectors. And the tubes leading towards the rear of the chassis are placed in between the DIMM slots and the relay components.

NOTE: Liquid detection cable must be placed underneath the cooling tubes to ensure it does not interfere with the PCIe risers.

Installing and removing system components 89

3. Route the liquid cooling tubes through the rear exit point next to the I/O function panel. Ensure the routing follows the numbered labels on the tube and liquid cooling ring holder (1, 2).

4. Connect the liquid cooling detection cable to the RIO card connector.

5. Insert the rubber rings on the tubes on to the rubber holder.

6. Using a Phillips #1 screwdriver, tighten the captive screw on the liquid cooling ring holder to secure it in place.

NOTE: The numbers on the image do not depict the exact steps. The numbers are for representation of sequence.

Figure 89. Installing the liquid cooling heat sink

Next steps

1. If removed, install the air shroud .

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Expansion cards and expansion card risers

NOTE: A system event entry is logged in the iDRAC Lifecycle Controller if an expansion card riser is not supported or missing. It does not prevent your system from turning on. However, if a F1/F2 pause occurs with an error message, see Troubleshooting expansion cards section in the Dell EMC PowerEdge Servers Troubleshooting Guide at www.dell.com/ poweredgemanuals .

90 Installing and removing system components

Expansion card installation guidelines

The following table describes the supported expansion cards:

Table 17. Expansion card riser configurations

Expansion card riser PCIe slots Processor connection

Riser 1

Riser 2

Riser 3

Riser 4

Slot 1

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 6

Slot 4

Slot 5

Slot 7

Processor 1

Processor 1

Processor 2

Processor 2

Processor 2

Height

Full Height

Low Profile

Full Height

Full Height

Length

Half Length

Half Length

Half Length

Half Length

Slot 8

NOTE: The expansion-card slots are not hot-swappable.

The following table provides guidelines for installing expansion cards to ensure proper cooling and mechanical fit. The expansion cards with the highest priority should be installed first using the slot priority indicated. All the other expansion cards should be installed in the card priority and slot priority order.

Table 18. Configuration 0 - No riser

Card type Slot priority

Broadcom (OCP: 25 Gb)

Internal slot

QLogic (OCP: 25 Gb)

Internal slot

Mellanox (OCP: 25 Gb)

Internal slot

Maximum number of cards

1

1

1

SolarFlare (OCP: 25 Gb)

Internal slot

1

Intel (OCP: 25 Gb) Internal slot 1

Intel (OCP: 10 Gb) Internal slot 1

Broadcom (OCP: 10 Gb) Internal slot 1

QLogic (OCP: 10 Gb) Internal slot 1

Broadcom (OCP: 1 Gb)

Internal slot

1

Intel (OCP: 1 Gb)

Internal slot

1

Slot width x8 x16 x8 x16 x16 x16 x8 x16 x8 x8 x16 x8

Installing and removing system components 91

Table 19. Configuration 1: R1B

Card type

Intel (NIC: 25 Gb)

SolarFlare (NIC: 25 Gb)

Broadcom (NIC: 25 Gb)

QLogic (NIC: 25 Gb)

Emulex (HBA: FC32)

QLogic (HBA: FC32)

Emulex (HBA: FC16)

QLogic (HBA: FC16)

FOXCONN (HBA355E)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb)

Broadcom (NIC: 10 Gb)

QLogic (NIC: 10 Gb)

Intel (NIC: 1 Gb)

Broadcom (NIC: 1 Gb)

Samsung (PCIE SSD)

Intel (PCIE SSD)

Dell PERC Adapter

Dell BOSS Adapter

Dell Front PERC

Mellanox (OCP: 100 Gb)

Mellanox (OCP: 50 Gb)

Broadcom (OCP: 25 Gb)

QLogic (OCP: 25 Gb)

Mellanox (OCP: 25 Gb)

SolarFlare (OCP: 25 Gb)

Intel (OCP: 25 Gb)

Intel (OCP: 10 Gb)

Broadcom (OCP: 10 Gb)

QLogic (OCP: 10 Gb)

Broadcom (OCP: 1 Gb)

Intel (OCP: 1 Gb)

1, 2

1,2

1,2

1,2

1,2

1,2

1,2

1,2

1,2

1,2

1,2

1,2

1,2

1,2

1,2

1,2

Slot priority

1,2

1,2

Internal slot

Internal slot

Internal slot

Internal slot

Internal slot

Internal slot

Internal slot

Internal slot

Internal slot

Internal slot

Internal slot

Internal slot

Internal slot

92 Installing and removing system components

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

Maximum number of cards

2

2

1

Table 20. Configuration 2: R1B+ R4B

Card type

Dell Serial

Slot priority

8

Dell BOSS Adapter

Dell PERC Adapter

Intel (NIC: 25 Gb)

Mellanox (NIC: 25 Gb)

SolarFlare (NIC: 25 Gb)

Broadcom (NIC: 25 Gb)

QLogic (NIC: 25 Gb)

Emulex (HBA: FC32)

QLogic (HBA: FC32)

Emulex (HBA: FC16)

QLogic (HBA: FC16)

FOXCONN (HBA355E)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb)

Broadcom (NIC: 10 Gb)

QLogic (NIC: 10 Gb)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb)

Intel (NIC: 1 Gb)

Broadcom (NIC: 1 Gb)

Dell PERC Adapter

Samsung (PCIe SSD)

Intel (PCIe SSD)

Dell Front PERC Internal slot

1, 2, 7, 8

1, 2, 7

1, 2, 7

1, 2, 7

1, 2, 7

1, 2, 7

1, 2, 7

1, 2, 7, 8

1, 2, 7, 8

1, 2, 7, 8

1, 2, 7, 8

2

1, 2, 7

1, 2, 3

1, 2, 7

1, 2, 7

1, 2, 7

1, 2, 7

1, 2, 7

1, 2, 7

1, 2, 7

Broadcom (OCP: 25 Gb)

Internal slot

QLogic (OCP: 25 Gb)

Internal slot

Mellanox (OCP: 25 Gb)

Internal slot

SolarFlare (OCP: 25 Gb)

Internal slot

Intel (OCP: 25 Gb)

Internal slot

Intel (OCP: 10 Gb)

Internal slot

Broadcom (OCP: 10 Gb) Internal slot

QLogic (OCP: 10 Gb) Internal slot

Broadcom (OCP: 1 Gb) Internal slot

Intel (OCP: 1 Gb) Internal slot

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

3

3

3

2

3

3

3

3

3

3

1

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

1

3

3

Maximum number of cards

1

1

1

Installing and removing system components 93

Table 21. Configuration 3-1: R1A + R2A + R3A + R4A (Full Length)

Card type

Dell Serial

Slot priority

4

NVIDIA (GPU - Low Profile)

NVIDIA (GPU - Full Height)

NVIDIA (GPU - Full Height)

3, 6

2, 7

2, 5, 7

2, 5, 7 Xilinx (Accelerators - FPGAs - Full

Height)

FOXCONN front PERC Internal slot

Inventec front PERC Internal slot

FOXCONN PERC Adapter (Low Profile) 3

Inventec PERC Adapter (Low Profile) 3

Mellanox (NIC: 100 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Mellanox (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6

Broadcom (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

QLogic (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Emulex (HBA: FC32 - Low Profile)

QLogic (HBA: FC32 - Low Profile)

Emulex (HBA: FC16 - Low Profile)

QLogic (HBA: FC16 - Low Profile)

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6 FOXCONN (HBA355E - Low Profile/Full

Height)

QLogic (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

QLogic (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 1 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 1 Gb - Low Profile)

Mellanox (NIC: HDR100 VPI - Low

Profile)

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6

Mellanox (NIC:HDR VPI - Low Profile)

Broadcom (OCP: 25 Gb)

QLogic (OCP: 25 Gb)

Mellanox (OCP: 25 Gb)

SolarFlare (OCP: 25 Gb)

Intel (OCP: 10 Gb)

Broadcom (OCP: 10 Gb)

QLogic (OCP: 10 Gb)

3, 6

Internal

Internal

Internal

Internal

Internal

Internal

Internal

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

2

3

3

Maximum number of cards

1

2

94 Installing and removing system components

Table 21. Configuration 3-1: R1A + R2A + R3A + R4A (Full Length) (continued)

Card type

Intel (OCP: 10 Gb)

Slot priority

Internal

Maximum number of cards

1

QLogic (OCP: 10 Gb)

Broadcom (OCP: 1 Gb)

Intel (OCP: 1 Gb)

FOXCONN (External adapter - Low

Profile)

Dell BOSS S2 Adapter (Low Profile)

Dell BOSS Adapter (Low Profile)

Samsung (PCIe SSD)

Intel (PCIe SSD)

Internal

Internal

Internal

3, 6

Internal

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6

1

1

2

2

1

1

1

2

Table 22. Configuration 3-1. R1A+R2A+R3A+R4A (FL)

Card type Supplier Category

NVIDIA GPU CRD,ACLTR,NVIDI

A,A10,24GB,150W

CRD,ACLTR,NVIDI

A,A30,24GB,165W

NVIDIA GPU

Card Priority

600

700

Slot Priority

2, 5, 7

2, 5, 7

Table 23. Configuration 3-2: R1A + R2A + R3A + R4A (Half Length)

Card type Slot priority

Dell Serial 4

NVIDIA (GPU - Low Profile)

NVIDIA (GPU - Low Profile)

FOXCONN Front PERC

Inventec Front PERC

2, 5, 7

3, 6

Internal

Internal

FOXCONN PERC Adapter (Low Profile) 3

Inventec PERC Adapter (Low Profile) 3

Mellanox (NIC: 100 Gb - Low Profile)

Mellanox (NIC: 100 Gb - Low Profile)

2, 5, 7

3, 6

NAPATECH (NIC: 100 Gb - Low Profile) 2, 5, 7

QLogic (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile) 2, 5, 7

QLogic (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile) 3, 6

Intel (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Mellanox (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

2, 5, 7

3, 6

2, 5, 7

Mellanox (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Emulex (HBA: FC32 - Low Profile)

Emulex (HBA: FC32 - Low Profile)

3, 6

2, 5, 7

3, 6

2, 5, 7

3, 6

3

2

3

3

3

2

2

3

2

3

2

3

2

1

1

2

1

1

Maximum number of cards

1

3

Installing and removing system components 95

Table 23. Configuration 3-2: R1A + R2A + R3A + R4A (Half Length) (continued)

Card type

QLogic (HBA: FC32 - Low Profile)

Slot priority

2, 5, 7

Maximum number of cards

3

QLogic (HBA: FC32 - Low Profile)

Emulex (HBA: FC16 - Low Profile)

Emulex (HBA: FC16 - Low Profile)

QLogic (HBA: FC16 - Low Profile)

QLogic (HBA: FC16 - Low Profile)

FOXCONN (HBA355E - Low Profile/Full

Height)

QLogic (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

QLogic (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

QLogic (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

QLogic (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 1 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 1 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 1 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 1 Gb - Low Profile)

Mellanox (NIC: HDR100 VPI - Low

Profile)

Mellanox (NIC: HDR100 VPI - Low

Profile)

Mellanox (NIC:HDR VPI - Low Profile)

Mellanox (NIC:HDR VPI - Low Profile)

Broadcom (OCP: 25 Gb)

QLogic (OCP: 25 Gb)

Mellanox (OCP: 25 Gb)

SolarFlare (OCP: 25 Gb)

Intel (OCP: 10 Gb)

Broadcom (OCP: 10 Gb)

QLogic (OCP: 10 Gb)

Intel (OCP: 10 Gb)

QLogic (OCP: 10 Gb)

Broadcom (OCP: 1 Gb)

2, 5, 7

3, 6

3, 6

2, 5, 7

2, 5, 7

3, 6

2, 5, 7

3, 6

2, 5, 7

3, 6

3, 6

2, 5, 7

2, 5, 7

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6

2, 5, 7

3, 6

2, 5, 7

3, 6

3, 6

2, 5, 7

INT

INT

INT

INT

INT

3, 6

2, 5, 7

INT

INT

INT

INT

INT

2

3

3

3

2

2

3

2

3

3

2

2

2

2

3

1

1

1

2

3

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

3

2

3

2

2

3

96 Installing and removing system components

Table 23. Configuration 3-2: R1A + R2A + R3A + R4A (Half Length) (continued)

Card type

Intel (OCP: 1 Gb)

Slot priority

INT

Maximum number of cards

1

2, 5, 7 2 FOXCONN (External adapter - Low

Profile)

FOXCONN (External adapter - Low

Profile)

Dell BOSS S2 Adapter (Low Profile)

Dell BOSS Adapter (Low Profile)

Dell BOSS Adapter (Low Profile)

Samsung (PCIe SSD)

Intel (PCIe SSD)

3, 6

Internal

2, 5, 7

3, 6

3, 6, 2, 5, 7

3, 6, 2, 5, 7

2

1

1

1

5

5

Table 24. Configuration 3-2: R1A + R2A + R3A + R4A (Full Length)

Card type

CRD,GRPHC,NVIDI

,T4,16GB,70W,V2

Supplier

NVIDIA

Category

GPU

Card Priority

200

Slot Priority

2, 5, 7

Table 25. Configuration 4: R1B + R2A + R3B + R4B (FL)

Card type

Dell Serial

Slot priority

4, 8

Dell BOSS Adapter (Full Height)

Dell BOSS Adapter (Low Profile)

Dell PERC Adapter

Mellanox (NIC: 100 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Mellanox (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

SolarFlare (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

SolarFlare (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

Broadcom (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

QLogic (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

QLogic (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Emulex (HBA: FC32 - Full Height)

Emulex (HBA: FC32 - Low Profile)

QLogic (HBA: FC32 - Full Height)

QLogic (HBA: FC32 - Low Profile)

Emulex (HBA: FC16 - Full Height)

Emulex (HBA: FC16 - Low Profile)

QLogic (HBA: FC16 - Full Height)

QLogic (HBA: FC16 - Low Profile)

3, 6

4, 5, 1, 2, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 1, 2, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 1, 2, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 1, 2, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 1, 2, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 1, 2, 7, 8

3, 6

3, 2

3, 6

4, 5, 1, 2, 7

3, 6

3, 6

4, 5, 1, 2, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 1, 2, 7

5

2

5

2

5

2

2

5

2

5

2

2

5

2

5

2

5

2

1

1

Maximum number of cards

1

1

Installing and removing system components 97

Table 25. Configuration 4: R1B + R2A + R3B + R4B (FL) (continued)

Card type

FOXCONN (HBA355E - Low Profile/Full

Height)

Slot priority

3, 6

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

Broadcom (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

QLogic (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

QLogic (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 1 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 1 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 1 Gb - Full Height)

Broadcom (NIC: 1 Gb - Low Profile)

Mellanox (NIC: HDR100 VPI - Low

Profile)

Mellanox (NIC:HDR VPI - Low Profile)

Dell (External adapter - Full Height)

Dell (External adapter - Low Profile)

Samsung (PCIe SSD)

Intel (PCIe SSD)

Dell Front PERC

4, 5, 1, 2, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 1, 2, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 1, 2, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 1, 2, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 1, 2, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 1, 2, 7

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6

4, 5, 1, 2, 7

3, 6

3, 6, 4, 5, 1, 2, 7, 8

3, 6, 4, 5, 1, 2, 7, 8

Internal slot

Broadcom (OCP: 25 Gb) Internal slot

QLogic (OCP: 25 Gb) Internal slot

Mellanox (OCP: 25 Gb) Internal slot

SolarFlare (OCP: 25 Gb)

Internal slot

Intel (OCP: 25 Gb)

Internal slot

Intel (OCP: 10 Gb)

Internal slot

Broadcom (OCP: 10 Gb)

Internal slot

QLogic (OCP: 10 Gb)

Internal slot

Broadcom (OCP: 1 Gb)

Internal slot

Intel (OCP: 1 Gb) Internal slot

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

5

2

1

1

1

1

1

5

2

5

2

2

2

5

2

5

2

5

2

5

Maximum number of cards

2

98 Installing and removing system components

Table 26. Configuration 5-1: R1B+R3A+R4B (FL)

Agile description

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,25G,574

14,FH

Supplier

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,25G,574

14,LP

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,10G,5741

6,FH

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,10G,5741

6,LP

Broadcom

Broadcom CRD,NTWK,PCIE,QP,1G,BCO

M,V2

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,QP,1G,BCO

M,LP,V2

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,2P,V2

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,4P,S28

Broadcom

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,BT

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,V2

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BRCM,OCP3,1G,4

P,BT

Broadcom

CRD,CTL,FC32,2P,LPE35002,

EMLX

Emulex

CRD,CTL,FC32,2P,LPE35002,

EMX,L

Emulex

CRD,CTL,EMLX,FH,FC32,1P,S

28

Emulex

CRD,CTL,EMLX,LP,FC32,1P,S

28

Emulex

Emulex CRD,CTL,FC16,1P,LPE31000,

EM

CRD,CTL,FC16,1P,LPE31K0,E

M,L

CRD,CTL,FC16,2P,LPE31002,

EM

CRD,CTL,FC16,2P,LPE31K2,E

M,L

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755N,FRON

T

Emulex

Emulex

Emulex

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755,FRONT FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,FPERC,

V2

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,FPERC FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA355I,FRONT FOXCONN

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 1Gb

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Category

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 1Gb

NIC: 1Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 25Gb

6300

6400

6500

7400

7500

7600

11500

11600

12500

6200

7700

1500

1600

2000

2100

2200

8900

9800

9900

10600

10800

Card priority

5200

5300

8800

Installing and removing system components 99

Table 26. Configuration 5-1: R1B+R3A+R4B (FL) (continued)

Agile description

PWA,CTL,HBA345,FRONT

Supplier

FOXCONN

Category

Front PERC

PWA,CTL,HBA345,FRONT,V2 FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755,ADPT

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,ADPT,V

2

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,ADPT

PWA,CTL,HBA355I,ADPT

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,ADPT FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,ADPT,V2 FOXCONN

FOXCONN ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GA,FH

V2,18F

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GA,FH

V3,18F

FOXCONN

FOXCONN ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GAD,L

PV2,18

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GAD,L

PV3,18

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,FH

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,V2,FH

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,LPF

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,V2,LPF

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

CRD,NTWK,DP,INTEL,25G,SF

P

Intel

CRD,NTWK,DP,INTEL,25G,SF

P,LP

Intel

CRD,NTWK,10GBT,INTEL,LP,

V2

Intel

CRD,NTWK,4X10G,SFP+,INTE

L

Intel

CRD,NTWK,10G,SFP+,DPFVL,

IN,LP

Intel

CRD,NTWK,10G,SFP+,DP

FVL,INTEL

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,FH,10G,2P,B

T

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,LP,10G,2P,B

T

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,1GB,QP,INT,

LP,V3

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,1GB,QP,INT

EL,V3

Intel

Intel

Intel

Front PERC

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 1Gb

NIC: 1Gb

100 Installing and removing system components

13200

13300

13400

13500

13600

4400

4500

2900

3000

3100

3200

12900

Card priority

2300

2400

2500

2800

13000

13100

8400

8500

8600

8700

9400

9500

9600

9700

Table 26. Configuration 5-1: R1B+R3A+R4B (FL) (continued)

Agile description

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,2

P,SF+

Supplier

Intel

Category

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,2

P,BT

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,4

P,SF+

Intel

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,1G,4P

,BT

Intel

KIT,CRD,NVME,750GB,HHHL,

P4800X

Intel

KIT,CRD,NVME,375GB,HHHL,

P4800X

Intel

CRD,CTL,PCIE,375GB,HHHL,

P4800X

Intel

ASSY,CRD,SER,FH,SVR,15G Inventec

Inventec ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,FP

ERC,V3

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,FP

ERC,V3

Inventec

Inventec ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GBNV,

FPERC

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,AD

PT,V2

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,AD

PT

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS-

S2,ADPT,15G

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V4,S

ATA,FH

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V4,S

ATA,LP

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V5,S

ATA,FH

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V5,S

ATA,LP

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,100G,2

P,Q56

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,100G,2

P,Q56

CRD,NTWK,100G,CX5,DP,QS

FP,MLNX

CRD,NTWK,100G,CX5,DP,QS

F,MLX,L

Mellanox

Mellanox

Mellanox

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,25G,2P

,S28

Mellanox

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 1Gb

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

Serial

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

BOSS

BOSS

BOSS

BOSS

BOSS

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 25Gb

Installing and removing system components 101

14200

14300

3300

3400

3600

3700

4600

1800

1900

2600

2700

13700

14000

14100

12600

15300

15400

15500

100

1700

Card priority

11400

12000

12200

Table 26. Configuration 5-1: R1B+R3A+R4B (FL) (continued)

Agile description

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,25G,2P

,S28

Supplier

Mellanox

Category

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: HDR100 VPI CRD,NTWK,PCIE,H100,CX6,S

P,L,ML

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,H100,CX6,S

P,F,ML

Mellanox

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,HDRV,1

P,Q56

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,HDRV,1

P,Q56

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,OCP3,25G

,2P,S28

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,100G,DP,QSFP28

,NAPA,Z

NAPATECH

CRD,GRPHC,16GB,RTX5000 NVIDIA

QLogic CRD,NTWK,DP,25G,SFP,QLG

,V2

CRD,NTWK,DP,25G,SFP,QLG

,LP,V2

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,FH,25G,2P

,S28

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,LP,25G,2P,

S28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,QLGC,FH,FC32,1P,S

28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,QLGC,LP,FC32,1P,S

28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,QLGC,FH,FC32,2P,

S28

CRD,CTL,QLGC,LP,FC32,2P,

S28

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,SP,2690,

FH,V2

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,SP,2690,

LP,V2

QLogic

QLogic

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,DP,2692,

FH,V2

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,DP,2692,

LP,V2

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,DP,10G,BT,QLG,V

2

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,DP,10G,BT,QLG,L

P,V2

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,FH,10G,2P,

BT

QLogic

QLogic

NIC: HDR100 VPI

NIC:HDR VPI

NIC:HDR VPI

OCP: 25Gb

NIC: 100Gb

GPU

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

102 Installing and removing system components

7800

7900

8000

8100

8200

8300

9000

4300

5400

5500

6600

6700

6800

6900

10200

10300

11000

3500

1100

4200

Card priority

4700

10000

10100

Table 26. Configuration 5-1: R1B+R3A+R4B (FL) (continued)

Agile description

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,LP,10G,2P,

BT

Supplier

QLogic

Category

NIC: 10Gb

OCP: 25Gb CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

QLogic

QLogic CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

2P,BT

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

2P,SF+

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

4P,BT

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

4P,SF+

QLogic

QLogic

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1725B

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1725B

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1725B

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1735

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1735,O

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1735

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1735,O

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1735

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1735,O

SAMSUNG

CRD,NTWK,SLFR,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

SolarFlare

CRD,NTWK,SLFR,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

ADPT,CRD,FPGA,XLNX,225W

,PSV,FH

SolarFlare

Xilinx

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 25Gb

Accelerators - FPGAs

Table 27. Configuration 5-2: R1B+R2B+R3A+R4B

Agile description Supplier

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,25G,574

14,FH

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,25G,574

14,LP

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,10G,5741

6,FH

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,10G,5741

6,LP

Broadcom

Category

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

Card priority

5200

5300

8800

8900

Installing and removing system components 103

11900

12300

12400

14400

14500

Card priority

9100

10900

11800

15000

15100

15200

11100

11200

1300

14600

14700

14800

14900

Table 27. Configuration 5-2: R1B+R2B+R3A+R4B (continued)

Agile description

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,QP,1G,BCO

M,V2

Supplier

Broadcom

Category

NIC: 1Gb

NIC: 1Gb CRD,NTWK,PCIE,QP,1G,BCO

M,LP,V2

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,2P,V2

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,2P,S28

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,4P,S28

Broadcom

Broadcom

Broadcom

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,BT

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,V2

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,SF+

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BRCM,OCP3,1G,4

P,BT

Broadcom

CRD,CTL,FC32,2P,LPE35002,

EMLX

Emulex

CRD,CTL,FC32,2P,LPE35002,

EMX,L

Emulex

CRD,CTL,EMLX,FH,FC32,1P,S

28

Emulex

CRD,CTL,EMLX,LP,FC32,1P,S

28

Emulex

Emulex CRD,CTL,FC16,1P,LPE31000,

EM

CRD,CTL,FC16,1P,LPE31K0,E

M,L

Emulex

CRD,CTL,FC16,2P,LPE31002,

EM

Emulex

CRD,CTL,FC16,2P,LPE31K2,E

M,L

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755N,FRON

T

Emulex

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755,FRONT FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,FPERC,

V2

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,FPERC FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA355I,FRONT

PWA,CTL,HBA345,FRONT

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,FRONT,V2 FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755,ADPT FOXCONN

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 1Gb

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

PERC Adapter

104 Installing and removing system components

10700

10800

11500

11600

11700

Card priority

9800

9900

10600

6500

7400

7500

7600

7700

1500

1600

2000

2100

2200

2300

2400

2500

12500

6200

6300

6400

Table 27. Configuration 5-2: R1B+R2B+R3A+R4B (continued)

Agile description

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,ADPT,V

2

Supplier

FOXCONN

Category

PERC Adapter

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,ADPT

PWA,CTL,HBA355I,ADPT

PWA,CTL,HBA345,ADPT

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,ADPT,V2 FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8G,AD,F

H,18F

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8G,AD,L

PF,18

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GA,FH

V2,18F

FOXCONN

FOXCONN ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GA,FH

V3,18F

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GAD,L

PV2,18

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GAD,L

PV3,18

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,FH

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,V2,FH

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,LPF

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,V2,LPF

KIT,CRD,CTL,HBA355E

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

CRD,NTWK,DP,INTEL,25G,SF

P

CRD,NTWK,DP,INTEL,25G,SF

P,LP

Intel

Intel

CRD,NTWK,10GBT,INTEL,LP,

V2

Intel

CRD,NTWK,4X10G,SFP+,INTE

L

Intel

CRD,NTWK,10G,SFP+,DPFVL,

IN,LP

Intel

CRD,NTWK,10G,SFP+,DP

FVL,INTEL

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,FH,10G,4P,B

T

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,LP,10G,4P,B

T

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,FH,10G,2P,B

T

Intel

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

Installing and removing system components 105

2700

2800

2900

3000

3500

3600

3700

13200

13300

13400

13500

13600

14500

4400

4500

12800

12900

13000

13100

Card priority

2800

2900

3000

3100

3200

12700

Table 27. Configuration 5-2: R1B+R2B+R3A+R4B (continued)

Agile description

CRD,NTWK,INTL,LP,10G,2P,B

T

Supplier

Intel

Category

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 1Gb CRD,NTWK,PCIE,1GB,QP,INT,

LP,V3

Intel

Intel CRD,NTWK,PCIE,1GB,QP,INT

EL,V3

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,2

P,SF+

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,2

P,BT

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,4

P,BT

Intel

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,4

P,SF+

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,1G,4P

,BT

Intel

Intel

KIT,CRD,NVME,750GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

KIT,CRD,NVME,375GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

CRD,CTL,PCIE,375GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

ASSY,CRD,SER,FH,SVR,15G Inventec

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,FP

ERC,V3

Inventec

Inventec ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,FP

ERC,V2

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GBNV,

FPERC

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,AD

PT,V2

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,AD

PT

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V3,S

ATA,FH

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V3,S

ATA,LP

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V4,S

ATA,FH

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V4,S

ATA,LP

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V5,S

ATA,FH

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V5,S

ATA,LP

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

NIC: 1Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 1Gb

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

Serial

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

BOSS

BOSS

BOSS

BOSS

BOSS

BOSS

106 Installing and removing system components

5700

6300

6400

6500

6900

9600

9700

9800

100

1700

1800

Card priority

3800

3900

4000

8200

8300

8400

8500

8600

1900

2600

2700

8100

Table 27. Configuration 5-2: R1B+R2B+R3A+R4B (continued)

Agile description

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS-

S2,ADPT,15G

Supplier

Inventec

Category

BOSS

NIC: 100Gb CRD,NTKW,MLNX,FH,100G,2

P,Q56

CRD,NTKW,MLNX,LP,100G,2

P,Q56

CRD,NTWK,100G,CX5,DP,QS

FP,MLNX

CRD,NTWK,100G,CX5,DP,QS

F,MLX,L

Mellanox

Mellanox

Mellanox

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,25G,2P

,S28

Mellanox

Mellanox CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,25G,2P

,S28

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,H100,CX6,S

P,L,ML

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,H100,CX6,S

P,F,ML

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,HDRV,1

P,Q56

Mellanox

Mellanox

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,HDRV,1

P,Q56

Mellanox

OCP3Adapters-

Ethernet,CRD,NTWK,OCP3,M

LNX,100G

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,OCP3,MLNX,50G Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,OCP3,25G

,2P,S28

Mellanox

NAPATECH CRD,NTWK,100G,DP,QSFP28

,NAPA,Z

CRD,NTWK,DP,25G,SFP,QLG

,V2

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,DP,25G,SFP,QLG

,LP,V2

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,FH,25G,2P

,S28

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,LP,25G,2P,

S28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,QLGC,FH,FC32,1P,S

28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,QLGC,LP,FC32,1P,S

28

QLogic

QLogic CRD,CTL,QLGC,FH,FC32,2P,

S28

CRD,CTL,QLGC,LP,FC32,2P,

S28

QLogic

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: HDR100 VPI

NIC: HDR100 VPI

NIC:HDR VPI

NIC:HDR VPI

OCP: 100Gb

OCP: 50Gb

OCP: 25Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

Installing and removing system components 107

3600

3700

4600

4700

4300

4400

4500

4600

4700

Card priority

8000

3300

3400

5500

900

1000

1100

1200

4800

5300

3500

4200

4300

5400

Table 27. Configuration 5-2: R1B+R2B+R3A+R4B (continued)

Agile description

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,SP,2690,

FH,V2

Supplier

QLogic

Category

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16 CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,SP,2690,

LP,V2

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,DP,2692,

FH,V2

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,DP,2692,

LP,V2

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,DP,10G,BT,QLG,V

2

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,DP,10G,BT,QLG,L

P,V2

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,FH,10G,2P,

BT

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,LP,10G,2P,

BT

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

2P,BT

QLogic

QLogic

QLogic CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

2P,SF+

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

4P,BT

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

4P,SF+

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1725B

QLogic

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1725B

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1725B

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1735

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1735,O

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1735

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1735,O

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1735

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1735,O

SAMSUNG

CRD,NTWK,SLFR,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

SolarFlare

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

OCP: 25Gb

108 Installing and removing system components

6700

8700

8800

8900

9000

9100

5200

6100

6200

6600

9200

9300

9400

9500

5400

2400

2500

2600

3300

3400

Card priority

2100

2200

2300

Table 27. Configuration 5-2: R1B+R2B+R3A+R4B (continued)

Agile description

CRD,NTWK,SLFR,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

Supplier

SolarFlare

Category

OCP: 25Gb

ADPT,CRD,FPGA,XLNX,225W

,PSV,FH

Xilinx Accelerators - FPGAs

Table 28. Configuration 6: R1C + R2A + R3A + R4C

Card type

Dell Serial

Slot priority

4, 8

NVIDIA (GPU - Full Height)

Dell BOSS Adapter (Full Height)

Dell BOSS Adapter (Low Profile)

Dell PERC Adapter

Mellanox (NIC: 100 Gb - Full Height)

Mellanox (NIC: 100 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Mellanox (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

Mellanox (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

SolarFlare (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

SolarFlare (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

Broadcom (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

QLogic (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

QLogic (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Emulex (HBA: FC32 - Full Height)

Emulex (HBA: FC32 - Low Profile)

QLogic (HBA: FC32 - Full Height)

QLogic (HBA: FC32 - Low Profile)

Emulex (HBA: FC16 - Full Height)

Emulex (HBA: FC16 - Low Profile)

QLogic (HBA: FC16 - Full Height)

QLogic (HBA: FC16 - Low Profile)

FOXCONN (HBA355E - Low Profile/Full

Height)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

Broadcom (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

QLogic (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

3, 6

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

3, 6

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

3, 6

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

3, 6

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

3, 6

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

3, 6

3

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

3, 6

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

3, 6

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

3, 6

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

3, 6

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

3, 6

3, 6

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

3, 6

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

3, 6

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

4

2

4

4

2

Card priority

5500

1300

2

4

2

4

2

4

4

2

4

2

4

2

4

2

2

4

2

4

2

1

4

2

5

1

Maximum number of cards

1

1

Installing and removing system components 109

Table 28. Configuration 6: R1C + R2A + R3A + R4C (continued)

Card type

QLogic (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Slot priority

3, 6

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 1 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 1 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 1 Gb - Full Height)

Broadcom (NIC: 1 Gb - Low Profile)

Mellanox (NIC: HDR100 VPI - Full

Height)

Mellanox (NIC: HDR100 VPI - Low

Profile)

Mellanox (NIC:HDR VPI - Full Height)

Mellanox (NIC:HDR VPI - Low Profile)

Dell (External adapter - Full Height)

Dell (External adapter - Low Profile)

Samsung (PCIe SSD)

Intel (PCIe SSD)

Dell Front PERC

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

3, 6

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

3, 6

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

3, 6

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

3, 6

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

3, 6

1, 2, 5, 7, 8

3, 6

1, 2, 5, 7, 8, 3, 6

1, 2, 5, 7, 8, 3, 6

Internal slot

Broadcom (OCP: 25 Gb)

Internal slot

QLogic (OCP: 25 Gb) Internal slot

Mellanox (OCP: 25 Gb) Internal slot

SolarFlare (OCP: 25 Gb) Internal slot

Intel (OCP: 25 Gb) Internal slot

Intel (OCP: 10 Gb)

Internal slot

Broadcom (OCP: 10 Gb)

Internal slot

QLogic (OCP: 10 Gb)

Internal slot

Broadcom (OCP: 1 Gb)

Internal slot

Intel (OCP: 1 Gb)

Internal slot

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

4

2

4

2

1

1

1

1

4

2

4

2

4

2

Maximum number of cards

2

4

2

Table 29. Configuration 6: R1C + R2A + R3A + R4C (Full Height)

Card type

CRD,GRPHC,NVIDI

,T4,16GB,70W,V2

Supplier

NVIDIA

Category

GPU

Card Priority

200

Table 30. Configuration 7: R1D + R2A + R3B + R4D

Card type

Dell Serial

Slot priority

4, 8

Slot Priority

1, 2, 7, 8

Maximum number of cards

1

110 Installing and removing system components

Table 30. Configuration 7: R1D + R2A + R3B + R4D (continued)

Card type

Dell BOSS Adapter (Full Height)

Slot priority

4, 5

Dell BOSS Adapter (Low Profile)

Mellanox (NIC: 100 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Mellanox (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

Mellanox (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

SolarFlare (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

SolarFlare (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

Broadcom (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

QLogic (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

QLogic (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Emulex (HBA: FC32 - Full Height)

Emulex (HBA: FC32 - Low Profile)

QLogic (HBA: FC32 - Full Height)

QLogic (HBA: FC32 - Low Profile)

Emulex (HBA: FC16 - Full Height)

Emulex (HBA: FC16 - Low Profile)

QLogic (HBA: FC16 - Full Height)

QLogic (HBA: FC16 - Low Profile)

FOXCONN (HBA355E - Low Profile/Full

Height)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

Broadcom (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

QLogic (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

QLogic (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 1 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 1 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 1 Gb - Full Height)

Broadcom (NIC: 1 Gb - Low Profile)

Mellanox (NIC: HDR100 VPI - Low

Profile)

Mellanox (NIC:HDR VPI - Low Profile)

4, 5

3, 6

4, 5

3, 6

4, 5

3, 6

4, 5

3, 6

4, 5

3, 6

4, 5

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6

4, 5

3, 6

4, 5

3, 6

4, 5

3, 6

4, 5

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6

4, 5

3, 6

4, 5

3, 6

4, 5

3, 6

4, 5

3, 6

4, 5

3, 6

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

Maximum number of cards

2

1

Installing and removing system components 111

Table 30. Configuration 7: R1D + R2A + R3B + R4D (continued)

Card type

Dell (External adapter - Full Height)

Slot priority

4, 5

Dell (External adapter - Low Profile)

Samsung (PCIe SSD)

Intel (PCIe SSD)

Broadcom (OCP: 25 Gb)

3, 6

3, 6, 4, 5

3, 6, 4, 5

Internal slot

QLogic (OCP: 25 Gb) Internal slot

Mellanox (OCP: 25 Gb) Internal slot

SolarFlare (OCP: 25 Gb) Internal slot

Intel (OCP: 25 Gb) Internal slot

Intel (OCP: 10 Gb)

Internal slot

Broadcom (OCP: 10 Gb)

Internal slot

QLogic (OCP: 10 Gb)

Internal slot

Broadcom (OCP: 1 Gb)

Internal slot

Intel (OCP: 1 Gb)

Internal slot

Table 31. Configuration 8-1: R1A+R2A+R4A (FL)

Agile description

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,25G,574

14,FH

Supplier

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,25G,574

14,LP

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,10G,5741

6,FH

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,10G,5741

6,LP

Broadcom

Broadcom CRD,NTWK,PCIE,QP,1G,BCO

M,V2

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,QP,1G,BCO

M,LP,V2

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,2P,V2

Broadcom

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,4P,S28

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,BT

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,V2

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BRCM,OCP3,1G,4

P,BT

Broadcom

Category

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 1Gb

NIC: 1Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 1Gb

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Maximum number of cards

2

2

9900

10600

10800

11500

Card priority

5200

5300

8800

8900

9800

11600

12500

112 Installing and removing system components

Table 31. Configuration 8-1: R1A+R2A+R4A (FL) (continued)

Agile description

CRD,CTL,FC32,2P,LPE35002,

EMX,L

Supplier

Emulex

Category

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32 CRD,CTL,EMLX,FH,FC32,1P,S

28

Emulex

CRD,CTL,EMLX,LP,FC32,1P,S

28

Emulex

Emulex CRD,CTL,FC16,1P,LPE31K0,E

M,L

CRD,CTL,FC16,2P,LPE31002,

EM

Emulex

CRD,CTL,FC16,2P,LPE31K2,E

M,L

Emulex

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755N,FRON

T

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755,FRONT FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,FPERC,

V2

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,FPERC FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA355I,FRONT

PWA,CTL,HBA345,FRONT

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755,ADPT

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,ADPT,V

2

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,FRONT,V2 FOXCONN

Kit, CRD, CTL, HBA355E FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,ADPT

PWA,CTL,HBA355I,ADPT

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,ADPT FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,ADPT,V2 FOXCONN

FOXCONN ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GA,FH

V2,18F

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GA,FH

V3,18F

FOXCONN

FOXCONN ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GAD,L

PV2,18

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GAD,L

PV3,18

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,FH

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,V2,FH

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,LPF

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

External Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

Installing and removing system components 113

7500

7600

7700

1500

1600

2000

Card priority

6300

6400

6500

2100

2200

2300

2400

14500

2500

2800

2900

3000

3100

3200

12900

13000

13100

13200

13300

13400

13500

Table 31. Configuration 8-1: R1A+R2A+R4A (FL) (continued)

Agile description

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,V2,LPF

Supplier

FOXCONN

Category

External Adapter

NIC: 25Gb CRD,NTWK,DP,INTEL,25G,SF

P

Intel

CRD,NTWK,DP,INTEL,25G,SF

P,LP

Intel

CRD,NTWK,10GBT,INTEL,LP,

V2

Intel

CRD,NTWK,4X10G,SFP+,INTE

L

Intel

CRD,NTWK,10G,SFP+,DPFVL,

IN,LP

Intel

CRD,NTWK,10G,SFP+,DP

FVL,INTEL

CRD,NTWK,INTL,FH,10G,2P,B

T

Intel

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,LP,10G,2P,B

T

Intel

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,1GB,QP,INT,

LP,V3

Intel

Intel CRD,NTWK,PCIE,1GB,QP,INT

EL,V3

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,2

P,SF+

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,2

P,BT

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,4

P,SF+

Intel

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,1G,4P

,BT

Intel

KIT,CRD,NVME,750GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

KIT,CRD,NVME,375GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

CRD,CTL,PCIE,375GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

ASSY,CRD,SER,FH,SVR,15G Inventec

Inventec ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,FP

ERC,V3

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,FP

ERC,V2

Inventec

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GBNV,

FPERC

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,AD

PT,V2

Inventec

Inventec

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 1Gb

NIC: 1Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 1Gb

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

Serial

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

PERC Adapter

114 Installing and removing system components

12000

12200

12600

15300

15400

15500

100

1700

9500

9600

9700

11400

1800

1900

2600

8400

8500

8600

8700

9400

Card priority

13600

4400

4500

Table 31. Configuration 8-1: R1A+R2A+R4A (FL) (continued)

Agile description

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,AD

PT

Supplier

Inventec

Category

PERC Adapter

BOSS ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS-

S2,ADPT,15G

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V4,S

ATA,FH

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V4,S

ATA,LP

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V5,S

ATA,FH

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V5,S

ATA,LP

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,100G,2

P,Q56

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,100G,2

P,Q56

CRD,NTWK,100G,CX5,DP,QS

FP,MLNX

CRD,NTWK,100G,CX5,DP,QS

F,MLX,L

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Mellanox

Mellanox

Mellanox

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,25G,2P

,S28

Mellanox

Mellanox CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,25G,2P

,S28

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,H100,CX6,S

P,L,ML

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,H100,CX6,S

P,F,ML

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,HDRV,1

P,Q56

Mellanox

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,HDRV,1

P,Q56

Mellanox

Mellanox CRD,NTWK,MLNX,OCP3,25G

,2P,S28

CRD,NTWK,100G,DP,QSFP28

,NAPA,Z

CRD,NTWK,DP,25G,SFP,QLG

,V2

CRD,NTWK,DP,25G,SFP,QLG

,LP,V2

NAPATECH

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,FH,25G,2P

,S28

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,LP,25G,2P,

S28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,QLGC,FH,FC32,1P,S

28

QLogic

BOSS

BOSS

BOSS

BOSS

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: HDR100 VPI

NIC: HDR100 VPI

NIC:HDR VPI

NIC:HDR VPI

OCP: 25Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

HBA: FC32

Installing and removing system components 115

10000

10100

10200

10300

11000

3500

3600

3700

4600

4700

4200

4300

5400

5500

6600

14100

14200

14300

3300

3400

Card priority

2700

13700

14000

Table 31. Configuration 8-1: R1A+R2A+R4A (FL) (continued)

Agile description

CRD,CTL,QLGC,LP,FC32,1P,S

28

Supplier

QLogic

Category

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32 CRD,CTL,QLGC,FH,FC32,2P,

S28

CRD,CTL,QLGC,LP,FC32,2P,

S28

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,SP,QLE2

690

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,SP,2690,

FH,V2

QLogic

QLogic

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,SP,2690,

LP,V2

QLogic

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,DP,2692,

FH,V2

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,DP,2692,

LP,V2

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,DP,10G,BT,QLG,V

2

CRD,NTWK,DP,10G,BT,QLG,L

P,V2

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,FH,10G,2P,

BT

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,LP,10G,2P,

BT

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

QLogic

QLogic CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

2P,BT

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

2P,SF+

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

4P,BT

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

4P,SF+

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1725B

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1725B

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1725B

QLogic

QLogic

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1735

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1735,O

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1735

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

116 Installing and removing system components

10900

11800

11900

12300

12400

14400

8200

8300

9000

9100

14500

14600

14700

14800

14900

7000

7800

7900

8000

8100

Card priority

6700

6800

6900

Table 31. Configuration 8-1: R1A+R2A+R4A (FL) (continued)

Agile description

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1735,O

Supplier

SAMSUNG

Category

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1735

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1735,O

SAMSUNG

SolarFlare CRD,NTWK,SLFR,FH,25G,2P,

S28

CRD,NTWK,SLFR,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

SolarFlare

CRD,NTWK,SLFR,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

SolarFlare

ADPT,CRD,FPGA,XLNX,225W

,PSV,FH

Xilinx

PCIE SSD

NIC: 25Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 25Gb

Accelerators - FPGAs

Table 32. Configuration 8-2: R1A+R2A+R4A (HL)

Agile description Supplier

Broadcom CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,25G,574

14,FH

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,25G,574

14,LP

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,10G,5741

6,FH

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,10G,5741

6,LP

Broadcom

Broadcom CRD,NTWK,PCIE,QP,1G,BCO

M,V2

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,QP,1G,BCO

M,LP,V2

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,2P,V2

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,4P,S28

Broadcom

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,BT

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,V2

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BRCM,OCP3,1G,4

P,BT

Broadcom

CRD,CTL,FC32,2P,LPE35002,

EMLX

Emulex

CRD,CTL,FC32,2P,LPE35002,

EMX,L

Emulex

CRD,CTL,EMLX,FH,FC32,1P,S

28

Emulex

CRD,CTL,EMLX,LP,FC32,1P,S

28

Emulex

Category

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 1Gb

NIC: 1Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 1Gb

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

4800

11100

11200

1300

Card priority

15000

15100

15200

Installing and removing system components 117

12500

6200

6300

6400

6500

8900

9800

9900

10600

Card priority

5200

5300

8800

10800

11500

11600

Table 32. Configuration 8-2: R1A+R2A+R4A (HL) (continued)

Agile description

CRD,CTL,FC16,1P,LPE31000,

EM

Supplier

Emulex

Category

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16 CRD,CTL,FC16,1P,LPE31K0,E

M,L

CRD,CTL,FC16,2P,LPE31002,

EM

CRD,CTL,FC16,2P,LPE31K2,E

M,L

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755N,FRON

T

Emulex

Emulex

Emulex

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755,FRONT FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,FPERC,

V2

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,FPERC FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA355I,FRONT FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,FRONT FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,FRONT,V2 FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755,ADPT

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,ADPT,V

2

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,ADPT

PWA,CTL,HBA355I,ADPT

KIT, DRD, CTL, HBA355E

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,ADPT FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,ADPT,V2 FOXCONN

FOXCONN ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GA,FH

V2,18F

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GA,FH

V3,18F

FOXCONN

FOXCONN ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GAD,L

PV2,18

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GAD,L

PV3,18

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,FH

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,V2,FH

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,LPF

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,V2,LPF

CRD,NTWK,DP,INTEL,25G,SF

P

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

Intel

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

External Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

NIC: 25Gb

118 Installing and removing system components

7700

1500

1600

2000

2100

2200

2300

2400

2500

2800

2900

3000

14500

3100

3200

12900

Card priority

7400

7500

7600

13000

13100

13200

13300

13400

13500

13600

4400

Table 32. Configuration 8-2: R1A+R2A+R4A (HL) (continued)

Agile description

CRD,NTWK,DP,INTEL,25G,SF

P,LP

Supplier

Intel

Category

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 10Gb CRD,NTWK,10GBT,INTEL,LP,

V2

Intel

CRD,NTWK,4X10G,SFP+,INTE

L

Intel

CRD,NTWK,10G,SFP+,DPFVL,

IN,LP

Intel

CRD,NTWK,10G,SFP+,DP

FVL,INTEL

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,FH,10G,2P,B

T

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,LP,10G,2P,B

T

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,1GB,QP,INT,

LP,V3

Intel

Intel

Intel CRD,NTWK,PCIE,1GB,QP,INT

EL,V3

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,2

P,SF+

Intel

Intel CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,2

P,BT

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,4

P,SF+

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,1G,4P

,BT

Intel

KIT,CRD,NVME,750GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

KIT,CRD,NVME,375GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

CRD,CTL,PCIE,375GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

ASSY,CRD,SER,FH,SVR,15G Inventec

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,FP

ERC,V3

Inventec

Inventec ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,FP

ERC,V2

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GBNV,

FPERC

Inventec

Inventec ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,AD

PT,V2

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,AD

PT

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS-

S2,ADPT,15G

Inventec

Inventec

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 1Gb

NIC: 1Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 1Gb

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

Serial

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

BOSS

Installing and removing system components 119

12600

15300

15400

15500

100

1700

9700

11400

12000

12200

1800

1900

2600

2700

13700

8600

8700

9400

9500

9600

Card priority

4500

8400

8500

Table 32. Configuration 8-2: R1A+R2A+R4A (HL) (continued)

Agile description

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V4,S

ATA,FH

Supplier

Inventec

Category

BOSS

BOSS ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V4,S

ATA,LP

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V5,S

ATA,FH

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V5,S

ATA,LP

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,100G,2

P,Q56

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,100G,2

P,Q56

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,100G,CX5,DP,QS

FP,MLNX

CRD,NTWK,100G,CX5,DP,QS

F,MLX,L

Mellanox

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,25G,2P

,S28

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,25G,2P

,S28

Mellanox

Mellanox

Mellanox CRD,NTWK,PCIE,H100,CX6,S

P,L,ML

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,H100,CX6,S

P,F,ML

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,HDRV,1

P,Q56

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,HDRV,1

P,Q56

Mellanox

Mellanox CRD,NTWK,MLNX,OCP3,25G

,2P,S28

CRD,NTWK,100G,DP,QSFP28

,NAPA,Z

NAPATECH

CRD,NTWK,DP,SFP,QLG,V2 QLogic

CRD,NTWK,DP,SFP,QLG,LP,

V2

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,FH,25G,2P

,S28

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,LP,25G,2P,

S28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,QLGC,FH,FC32,1P,S

28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,QLGC,LP,FC32,1P,S

28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,QLGC,FH,FC32,2P,

S28

QLogic

BOSS

BOSS

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: HDR100 VPI

NIC: HDR100 VPI

NIC:HDR VPI

NIC:HDR VPI

OCP: 25Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

120 Installing and removing system components

10200

10300

11000

3500

4200

4300

4600

4700

10000

10100

5400

5500

6600

6700

6800

14300

3300

3400

3600

3700

Card priority

14000

14100

14200

Table 32. Configuration 8-2: R1A+R2A+R4A (HL) (continued)

Agile description

CRD,CTL,QLGC,LP,FC32,2P,

S28

Supplier

QLogic

Category

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC16 CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,SP,2690,

FH,V2

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,SP,2690,

LP,V2

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,DP,2692,

FH,V2

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,DP,2692,

LP,V2

QLogic

QLogic

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,DP,10G,BT,QLG,V

2

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,DP,10G,BT,QLG,L

P,V2

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,FH,10G,2P,

BT

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,LP,10G,2P,

BT

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

QLogic

QLogic CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

2P,BT

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

2P,SF+

QLogic

QLogic CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

4P,BT

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

4P,SF+

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1725B

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1725B

QLogic

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1725B

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1735

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1735,O

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1735

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1735,O

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1735

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1735,O

SAMSUNG

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

Installing and removing system components 121

12300

12400

14400

14500

14600

14700

9100

10900

11800

11900

14800

14900

15000

15100

15200

8000

8100

8200

8300

9000

Card priority

6900

7800

7900

Table 32. Configuration 8-2: R1A+R2A+R4A (HL) (continued)

Agile description

CRD,NTWK,SLFR,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

Supplier

SolarFlare

Category

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 25Gb CRD,NTWK,SLFR,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

SolarFlare

ADPT,CRD,FPGA,XLNX,225W

,PSV,FH

Xilinx Accelerators - FPGAs

Table 33. Configuration 9: R1B + R2A + R4B

Card type

Dell Serial

Dell BOSS Adapter (Full Height)

Slot priority

8

1, 2, 7, 8

Dell BOSS Adapter (Low Profile)

Dell PERC Adapter

Mellanox (NIC: 100 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Mellanox (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

Mellanox (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

SolarFlare (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

SolarFlare (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

Broadcom (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

QLogic (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

QLogic (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Emulex (HBA: FC32 - Full Height)

Emulex (HBA: FC32 - Low Profile)

QLogic (HBA: FC32 - Full Height)

QLogic (HBA: FC32 - Low Profile)

Emulex (HBA: FC16 - Full Height)

Emulex (HBA: FC16 - Low Profile)

QLogic (HBA: FC16 - Full Height)

QLogic (HBA: FC16 - Low Profile)

FOXCONN (HBA355E - Low Profile/Full

Height)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

Broadcom (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

QLogic (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

3, 2

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

3, 6

3

2

3

2

3

Card priority

11100

11200

1300

3

2

3

2

3

2

2

2

2

3

3

2

3

2

3

2

2

3

2

3

1

1

Maximum number of cards

1

2

122 Installing and removing system components

Table 33. Configuration 9: R1B + R2A + R4B (continued)

Card type

QLogic (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Slot priority

3, 6

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 1 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 1 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 1 Gb - Full Height)

Broadcom (NIC: 1 Gb - Low Profile)

Mellanox (NIC: HDR100 VPI - Low

Profile)

Mellanox (NIC:HDR VPI - Low Profile)

Dell (External adapter - Full Height)

Dell (External adapter - Low Profile)

Samsung (PCIe SSD)

Intel (PCIe SSD)

Broadcom (OCP: 25 Gb)

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

3, 6, 1, 2, 7, 8

3, 6, 1, 2, 7, 8

Internal slot

QLogic (OCP: 25 Gb)

Internal slot

Mellanox (OCP: 25 Gb)

Internal slot

SolarFlare (OCP: 25 Gb)

Internal slot

Intel (OCP: 25 Gb)

Internal slot

Intel (OCP: 10 Gb)

Internal slot

Broadcom (OCP: 10 Gb) Internal slot

QLogic (OCP: 10 Gb) Internal slot

Broadcom (OCP: 1 Gb) Internal slot

Intel (OCP: 1 Gb) Internal slot

Table 34. Configuration 10: R1B + R2A + R4B

Card type Slot priority

Dell Serial 8

Dell BOSS Adapter (Full Height)

Dell BOSS Adapter (Low Profile)

Dell PERC Adapter

Mellanox (NIC: 100 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Mellanox (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

Mellanox (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

1, 2, 7, 8

3, 6

3, 2

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1

1

1

1

1

1

2

3

2

1

1

1

1

1

1

3

2

2

2

3

2

Maximum number of cards

2

3

2

3

1

1

2

3

2

Maximum number of cards

1

2

Installing and removing system components 123

Table 34. Configuration 10: R1B + R2A + R4B (continued)

Card type

SolarFlare (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

Slot priority

1, 2, 7

SolarFlare (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

Broadcom (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

QLogic (NIC: 25 Gb - Full Height)

QLogic (NIC: 25 Gb - Low Profile)

Emulex (HBA: FC32 - Full Height)

Emulex (HBA: FC32 - Low Profile)

QLogic (HBA: FC32 - Full Height)

QLogic (HBA: FC32 - Low Profile)

Emulex (HBA: FC16 - Full Height)

Emulex (HBA: FC16 - Low Profile)

QLogic (HBA: FC16 - Full Height)

QLogic (HBA: FC16 - Low Profile)

FOXCONN (HBA355E - Low Profile/Full

Height)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

Broadcom (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

QLogic (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

QLogic (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 10 Gb - Low Profile)

Intel (NIC: 1 Gb - Full Height)

Intel (NIC: 1 Gb - Low Profile)

Broadcom (NIC: 1 Gb - Full Height)

Broadcom (NIC: 1 Gb - Low Profile)

Mellanox (NIC: HDR100 VPI - Low

Profile)

Mellanox (NIC:HDR VPI - Low Profile)

Dell (External adapter - Full Height)

Dell (External adapter - Low Profile)

Samsung (PCIe SSD)

Intel (PCIe SSD)

Broadcom (OCP: 25 Gb)

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

3, 6

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

3, 6

1, 2, 7

3, 6

3, 6, 1, 2, 7, 8

3, 6, 1, 2, 7, 8

Internal slot

QLogic (OCP: 25 Gb) Internal slot

124 Installing and removing system components

2

3

2

1

1

1

1

3

2

3

3

2

3

2

2

3

2

3

2

2

3

2

3

2

2

3

2

3

2

2

3

2

3

Maximum number of cards

3

2

Table 34. Configuration 10: R1B + R2A + R4B (continued)

Card type

Mellanox (OCP: 25 Gb)

Slot priority

Internal slot

SolarFlare (OCP: 25 Gb)

Internal slot

Intel (OCP: 25 Gb)

Internal slot

Intel (OCP: 10 Gb) Internal slot

Broadcom (OCP: 10 Gb) Internal slot

QLogic (OCP: 10 Gb) Internal slot

Broadcom (OCP: 1 Gb) Internal slot

Intel (OCP: 1 Gb)

Internal slot

Table 35. Config11:R1D+R2A+R3B+R4B

Agile

Descrip tion

Supplie r

Categor y

Card

Priority

Slot

Priority

Bracket

Height

Allowed

Max # of

Cards

ASSY,C

RD,SER,

FH,SVR,

15G

ADPT,C

RD,FPG

A,XLNX,

225W,P

SV,FH

Inventec Serial

Xilinx Accelera tors -

FPGAs

ASSY,C

RD,CTL,

H745,4G

B,FPER

C,V2

Inventec Front

PERC

ASSY,C

RD,CTL,

H745,4G

BNV,FP

ERC

Inventec Front

PERC

Front

PERC

ASSY,C

RD,CTL,

H345,FP

ERC,V2

FOXCO

NN

ASSY,C

RD,CTL,

H345,FP

ERC

FOXCO

NN

Front

PERC

PWA,CT

L,HBA34

5,FRON

T

PWA,CT

L,HBA34

FOXCO

NN

FOXCO

NN

Front

PERC

Front

PERC

100

1200

1400

1500

1600

1700

1800

1900

4, 8

Not supporte d

FH

INT

INT

INT

INT

INT

INT

FH

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

1

0

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Maximum number of cards

1

Standar d or

DSSINF

O

Standar d

Card

Width

SW

Card

Length

HL

Card

Height

LP

Max

PCIe

Width x4

Standar d

DW

Standar d

NONE

Standar d

NONE

Standar d

NONE

Standar d

NONE

Standar d

NONE

Standar d

NONE

FL

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

FH

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE x16 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8

Installing and removing system components 125

Table 35. Config11:R1D+R2A+R3B+R4B (continued)

Agile

Descrip tion

Supplie r

Categor y

Card

Priority

Slot

Priority

Bracket

Height

Allowed

Max # of

Cards

5,FRON

T,V2

KIT,

CRD,

CTL,

HBA355

E

FOXCO

NN

External

Adapter

ASSY,C

RD,CTL,

H745,4G

B,ADPT,

V2

Inventec PERC

Adapter

ASSY,C

RD,CTL,

H745,4G

B,ADPT

Inventec PERC

Adapter

PERC

Adapter

ASSY,C

RD,CTL,

H345,AD

PT,V2

FOXCO

NN

ASSY,C

RD,CTL,

H345,AD

PT

FOXCO

NN

PWA,CT

L,HBA34

5,ADPT

FOXCO

NN

PERC

Adapter

PERC

Adapter

PWA,CT

L,HBA34

5,ADPT,

V2

FOXCO

NN

PERC

Adapter

CRD,NT

WK,100

G,CX5,D

P,QSFP,

MLNX

CRD,NT

WK,100

G,CX5,D

P,QSF,M

LX,L

Mellanox NIC:

100Gb

Mellanox NIC:

100Gb

CRD,NT

WK,DP,I

NTEL,25

G,SFP

Intel NIC:

25Gb

CRD,NT

WK,DP,I

NTEL,25

G,SFP,L

P

Intel NIC:

25Gb

14500

2000

2100

2200

2300

2400

2500

2600

2700

3200

3300

3, 6

3

3

3

3

3

3

Not supporte d

FH

3, 6

4, 5, 7

3, 6

LP/FH 2

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

FH

LP

1

1

1

1

1

1

0

2

3

2

Standar d or

DSSINF

O

Card

Width

Card

Length

Card

Height

Max

PCIe

Width

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x16 x16 x8 x8

126 Installing and removing system components

Table 35. Config11:R1D+R2A+R3B+R4B (continued)

Agile

Descrip tion

Supplie r

Categor y

Card

Priority

Slot

Priority

Bracket

Height

Allowed

Max # of

Cards

CRD,NT

WK,MLN

X,FH,25

G,2P,S2

8

Mellanox NIC:

25Gb

CRD,NT

WK,MLN

X,LP,25

G,2P,S2

8

Mellanox NIC:

25Gb

CRD,NT

WK,PCIE

,DP,25G,

57414,F

H

Broadco m

CRD,NT

WK,PCIE

,DP,25G,

57414,L

P

Broadco m

NIC:

25Gb

NIC:

25Gb

QLogic NIC:

25Gb

CRD,NT

WK,QLG

C,FH,25

G,2P,S2

8

CRD,NT

WK,QLG

C,LP,25

G,2P,S2

8

QLogic NIC:

25Gb

CRD,CT

L,FC32,2

P,LPE35

002,EM

LX

Emulex HBA:

FC32

CRD,CT

L,FC32,2

P,LPE35

002,EM

X,L

Emulex HBA:

FC32

CRD,CT

L,EMLX,

FH,FC32

,1P,S28

Emulex HBA:

FC32

CRD,CT

L,EMLX,

LP,FC32

,1P,S28

CRD,CT

L,QLGC,

FH,FC32

,1P,S28

Emulex HBA:

FC32

QLogic HBA:

FC32

3400

3500

4000

4100

4200

4300

5000

5100

5200

5300

5400

Not supporte d

FH

3, 6

4, 5, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 7

LP

FH

LP

FH

LP

FH

LP

FH

LP

FH

0

2

3

2

3

2

3

2

3

2

3

Standar d or

DSSINF

O

Standar d

Card

Width

SW

Card

Length

HL

Card

Height

LP

Max

PCIe

Width x16

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP x16 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8

Installing and removing system components 127

Table 35. Config11:R1D+R2A+R3B+R4B (continued)

Agile

Descrip tion

Supplie r

Categor y

Card

Priority

Slot

Priority

Bracket

Height

Allowed

Max # of

Cards

CRD,CT

L,QLGC,

LP,FC32

,1P,S28

CRD,CT

L,QLGC,

FH,FC32

,2P,S28

CRD,CT

L,QLGC,

LP,FC32

,2P,S28

QLogic HBA:

FC32

QLogic HBA:

FC32

QLogic HBA:

FC32

CRD,CT

L,FC16,1

P,LPE31

000,EM

CRD,CT

L,FC16,1

P,LPE31

K0,EM,L

Emulex HBA:

FC16

Emulex HBA:

FC16

CRD,CT

L,FC16,2

P,LPE31

002,EM

CRD,CT

L,FC16,2

P,LPE31

K2,EM,L

Emulex

Emulex

HBA:

FC16

HBA:

FC16

CRD,CT

L,FC16,H

BA,SP,2

690,FH,

V2

QLogic HBA:

FC16

CRD,CT

L,FC16,H

BA,SP,2

690,LP,

V2

QLogic HBA:

FC16

CRD,CT

L,FC16,H

BA,DP,2

692,FH,

V2

QLogic HBA:

FC16

CRD,CT

L,FC16,H

BA,DP,2

692,LP,

V2

QLogic HBA:

FC16

CRD,NT

WK,4X10

Intel NIC:

10Gb

5500

5600

5700

6200

6300

6400

6500

6600

6700

6800

6900

7000

3, 6

4, 5, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 7

LP

FH

LP

FH

LP

FH

LP

FH

LP

FH

LP

FH

2

3

2

3

2

3

2

3

2

3

2

3

Standar d or

DSSINF

O

Standar d

Card

Width

SW

Card

Length

HL

Card

Height

LP

Max

PCIe

Width x8

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

FH x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8

128 Installing and removing system components

Table 35. Config11:R1D+R2A+R3B+R4B (continued)

Agile

Descrip tion

Supplie r

Categor y

Card

Priority

Slot

Priority

Bracket

Height

Allowed

Max # of

Cards

G,SFP+,I

NTEL

CRD,NT

WK,10G,

SFP+,D

PFVL,IN,

LP

Intel

CRD,NT

WK,10G,

SFP+,D

P

FVL,INT

EL

Intel

CRD,NT

WK,PCIE

,DP,10G,

57416,F

H

Broadco m

CRD,NT

WK,PCIE

,DP,10G,

57416,L

P

Broadco m

NIC:

10Gb

NIC:

10Gb

NIC:

10Gb

NIC:

10Gb

7100

7200

7300

7400

CRD,NT

WK,QLG

C,FH,10

G,2P,BT

QLogic NIC:

10Gb

CRD,NT

WK,QLG

C,LP,10

G,2P,BT

CRD,NT

WK,INTL

,FH,10G,

2P,BT

QLogic

Intel

NIC:

10Gb

NIC:

10Gb

CRD,NT

WK,INTL

,LP,10G,

2P,BT

Intel NIC:

10Gb

7500

7600

7900

8000

NIC: 1Gb 8100 CRD,NT

WK,PCIE

,1GB,QP,

INT,LP,V

3

Intel

CRD,NT

WK,PCIE

,1GB,QP,

INTEL,V

3

Intel

CRD,NT

WK,PCIE

Broadco m

NIC: 1Gb 8200

NIC: 1Gb 8300

3, 6

4, 5, 7

4, 5, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 7

3, 6

3, 6

4, 5, 7

4, 5, 7

LP

FH

FH

LP

FH

LP

FH

LP

LP

FH

FH

2

3

3

2

3

2

3

2

2

3

3

Standar d or

DSSINF

O

Card

Width

Card

Length

Card

Height

Max

PCIe

Width

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x4 x4 x4

Installing and removing system components 129

Table 35. Config11:R1D+R2A+R3B+R4B (continued)

Agile

Descrip tion

Supplie r

Categor y

Card

Priority

Slot

Priority

Bracket

Height

Allowed

Max # of

Cards

,QP,1G,B

COM,V2

CRD,NT

WK,PCIE

,QP,1G,B

COM,LP

,V2

Broadco m

NIC: 1Gb 8400

CRD,NT

WK,PCIE

,H100,C

X6,SP,L,

ML

Mellanox NIC:

HDR100

VPI

8500

8600 CRD,NT

WK,PCIE

,H100,C

X6,SP,F,

ML

Mellanox NIC:

HDR100

VPI

Broadco m

OCP:

25Gb

CRD,NT

WK,BC

ME,OCP

3,25G,2

P,S28

CRD,NT

WK,BC

ME,OCP

3,25G,4

P,S28

Broadco m

OCP:

25Gb

CRD,NT

WK,QLG

C,OCP3,

25G,2P,

S28

QLogic OCP:

25Gb

9100

9200

9300

9400 CRD,NT

WK,MLN

X,OCP3,

25G,2P,

S28

Mellanox OCP:

25Gb

CRD,NT

WK,BC

ME,OCP

3,10G,2P

,V2

Broadco m

OCP:

10Gb

CRD,NT

WK,BC

ME,OCP

3,25G,2

P,V2

Broadco m

OCP:

25Gb

Intel OCP:

25Gb

9500

9600

9700

3, 6

3, 6

LP

LP

Not supporte d

FH

INT

INT

INT

INT

INT

INT

OCP3

OCP3

OCP3

OCP3

OCP3

OCP3

Not supporte d

OCP3

2

2

0

1

1

1

1

1

1

0

Standar d or

DSSINF

O

Card

Width

Card

Length

Card

Height

Max

PCIe

Width

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

NONE

Standar d

NONE

Standar d

NONE

Standar d

NONE

Standar d

NONE

Standar d

NONE

HL

HL

HL

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

LP

LP

LP

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE x4 x16 x16 x8 x8 x8 x16 x16 x16

130 Installing and removing system components

Table 35. Config11:R1D+R2A+R3B+R4B (continued)

Agile

Descrip tion

Supplie r

Categor y

Card

Priority

Slot

Priority

Bracket

Height

Allowed

Max # of

Cards

CRD,NT

WK,INTL

,OCP3,1

0G,2P,S

F+

Intel

CRD,NT

WK,BC

ME,OCP

3,10G,2P

,BT

Broadco m

CRD,NT

WK,BC

ME,OCP

3,10G,2P

,SF+

Broadco m

OCP:

10Gb

OCP:

10Gb

OCP:

10Gb

CRD,NT

WK,QLG

C,OCP3,

10G,2P,

BT

QLogic OCP:

10Gb

CRD,NT

WK,QLG

C,OCP3,

10G,2P,

SF+

QLogic OCP:

10Gb

OCP:

10Gb

CRD,NT

WK,INTL

,OCP3,1

0G,2P,B

T

Intel

CRD,NT

WK,INTL

,OCP3,1

0G,4P,S

F+

Intel OCP:

10Gb

CRD,NT

WK,QLG

C,OCP3,

10G,4P,

BT

QLogic OCP:

10Gb

CRD,NT

WK,QLG

C,OCP3,

10G,4P,

SF+

QLogic OCP:

10Gb

OCP:

1Gb

CRD,NT

WK,BRC

M,OCP3

,1G,4P,B

T

Broadco m

CRD,NT

WK,INTL

Intel OCP:

1Gb

9800

9900

10000

10100

10200

10300

10500

10600

10700

10800

10900

INT

INT

INT

INT

INT

INT

INT

INT

INT

INT

INT

OCP3

OCP3

OCP3

OCP3

OCP3

OCP3

OCP3

OCP3

OCP3

OCP3

OCP3

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Standar d or

DSSINF

O

Standar d

Card

Width

NONE

Card

Length

NONE

Card

Height

NONE

Max

PCIe

Width x8

Standar d

NONE

Standar d

NONE

Standar d

NONE

Standar d

NONE

Standar d

NONE

Standar d

NONE

Standar d

NONE

Standar d

NONE

Standar d

NONE

Standar d

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE

NONE x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x4 x4

Installing and removing system components 131

Table 35. Config11:R1D+R2A+R3B+R4B (continued)

Agile

Descrip tion

Supplie r

Categor y

Card

Priority

Slot

Priority

Bracket

Height

Allowed

Max # of

Cards

,OCP3,1

G,4P,BT

ASSY,C

RD,CTL,

H840,8G

A,FHV2,

18F

FOXCO

NN

ASSY,C

RD,CTL,

H840,8G

AD,LPV2

,18

FOXCO

NN

FOXCO

NN

PWA,CT

L,12GB-

SAS-

HBA,AD

PT,FH

PWA,CT

L,12GB-

SAS-

HBA,AD

PT,LPF

FOXCO

NN

External

Adapter

External

Adapter

External

Adapter

External

Adapter

ASSY,C

RD,CTL,

BOSS.S1

V4,SATA

,FH

Inventec BOSS

ASSY,C

RD,CTL,

BOSS.S1

V4,SATA

,LP

Inventec BOSS

ASSY,C

RD,CTL,

BOSS.S1

V5,SATA

,FH

Inventec BOSS

ASSY,C

RD,CTL,

BOSS.S1

V5,SATA

,LP

Inventec BOSS

KIT,CRD

,NVME,1

.6,HHHL

,PM1725

B

SAMSU

NG

PCIE

SSD

KIT,CRD

,NVME,3

.2,HHHL

,PM1725

B

SAMSU

NG

PCIE

SSD

11200

11300

11400

11500

11800

11900

12000

12100

12200

12300

4, 5, 7

3, 6

4, 5, 7

3, 6

FH

LP

FH

LP

4, 5, 7, 8 FH

3, 6 LP

4, 5, 7, 8 FH

3, 6 LP

2

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

3, 6, 4,

5, 7, 8

LP/FH 6

3, 6, 4,

5, 7, 8

LP/FH 6

Standar d or

DSSINF

O

Card

Width

Card

Length

Card

Height

Max

PCIe

Width

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

FH

LP

FH

LP

FH

LP

FH

LP

LP

LP x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8

132 Installing and removing system components

Table 35. Config11:R1D+R2A+R3B+R4B (continued)

Agile

Descrip tion

Supplie r

Categor y

KIT,CRD

,NVME,6

.4,HHHL

,PM1725

B

SAMSU

NG

SAMSU

NG

KIT,CRD

,NVME,1

.6,HHHL

,PM1735

KIT,CRD

,NVME,1

.6,HHHL

,PM1735

,O

SAMSU

NG

KIT,CRD

,NVME,3

.2,HHHL

,PM1735

SAMSU

NG

KIT,CRD

,NVME,3

.2,HHHL

,PM1735

,O

SAMSU

NG

KIT,CRD

,NVME,6

.4,HHHL

,PM1735

SAMSU

NG

KIT,CRD

,NVME,6

.4,HHHL

,PM1735

,O

SAMSU

NG

KIT,CRD

,NVME,7

50GB,H

HHL,P48

00X

INTEL

PCIE

SSD

PCIE

SSD

PCIE

SSD

PCIE

SSD

PCIE

SSD

PCIE

SSD

PCIE

SSD

PCIE

SSD

Card

Priority

12400

12500

12600

12700

12800

12900

13000

13100

Slot

Priority

3, 6, 4,

5, 7, 8

3, 6, 4,

5, 7, 8

3, 6, 4,

5, 7, 8

3, 6, 4,

5, 7, 8

3, 6, 4,

5, 7, 8

3, 6, 4,

5, 7, 8

3, 6, 4,

5, 7, 8

3, 6, 4,

5, 7, 8

Bracket

Height

Allowed

Table 36. Config12-1: R1D+R2A+R3A+R4A(FL)

Agile Description

ADPT,CRD,FPGA,XLNX,225W

,PSV,FH

Supplier

Xilinx

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,FP

ERC,V2

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GBNV,

FPERC

Inventec

Inventec

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,FPERC,

V2

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,FPERC FOXCONN

Max # of

Cards

LP/FH 6

LP/FH 6

LP/FH 6

LP/FH 6

LP/FH 6

LP/FH 6

LP/FH 6

LP/FH 6

Standar d or

DSSINF

O

Standar d

Card

Width

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Standar d

SW

Category

Accelerators - FPGAs

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Card

Length

Card

Height

Max

PCIe

Width

HL LP x8

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

HL

1400

1500

1600

1700

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

LP

Card Priority

1200 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x8 x4

Installing and removing system components 133

Table 36. Config12-1: R1D+R2A+R3A+R4A(FL) (continued)

Agile Description

PWA,CTL,HBA345,FRONT

Supplier

FOXCONN

Category

Front PERC

PWA,CTL,HBA345,FRONT,V2 FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,HBA355I,ADP

T

PWA,CTL,HBA355I,FRONT

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

KIT, CRD, CTL, HBA355E

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,AD

PT,V2

FOXCONN

Inventec

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,AD

PT

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,ADPT,V

2

Inventec

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,ADPT

PWA,CTL,HBA345,ADPT

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,ADPT,V2 FOXCONN

CRD,NTWK,100G,CX5,DP,QS

FP,MLNX

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,100G,CX5,DP,QS

F,MLX,L

CRD,NTWK,DP,INTEL,25G,SF

P

Mellanox

Intel

CRD,NTWK,DP,INTEL,25G,SF

P,LP

Intel

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,25G,2P

,S28

Mellanox

Mellanox CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,25G,2P

,S28

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,25G,574

14,FH

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,25G,574

14,LP

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,FH,25G,2P

,S28

Broadcom

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,LP,25G,2P,

S28

QLogic

Intel

Intel

CRD,CTL,FC32,2P,LPE35002,

EMLX

Emulex

CRD,CTL,FC32,2P,LPE35002,

EMX,L

Emulex

CRD,CTL,EMLX,FH,FC32,1P,S

28

Emulex

Front PERC

PERC Adapter

Front PERC

External Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

134 Installing and removing system components

4100

4200

4300

4400

4500

5000

5100

5200

3300

3400

3500

4000

2300

2400

2500

2600

2700

3200

Card Priority

1800

1900

N/A

N/A

14500

2000

2100

2200

Table 36. Config12-1: R1D+R2A+R3A+R4A(FL) (continued)

Agile Description

CRD,CTL,EMLX,LP,FC32,1P,S

28

Supplier

Emulex

Category

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32 CRD,CTL,QLGC,FH,FC32,1P,S

28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,QLGC,LP,FC32,1P,S

28

QLogic

QLogic CRD,CTL,QLGC,FH,FC32,2P,

S28

CRD,CTL,QLGC,LP,FC32,2P,

S28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,FC16,1P,LPE31000,

EM

CRD,CTL,FC16,1P,LPE31K0,E

M,L

CRD,CTL,FC16,2P,LPE31002,

EM

CRD,CTL,FC16,2P,LPE31K2,E

M,L

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,SP,2690,

FH,V2

Emulex

Emulex

Emulex

Emulex

QLogic

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,SP,2690,

LP,V2

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,DP,2692,

FH,V2

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,DP,2692,

LP,V2

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,4X10G,SFP+,INTE

L

Intel

CRD,NTWK,10G,SFP+,DPFVL,

IN,LP

Intel

CRD,NTWK,10G,SFP+,DP

FVL,INTEL

Intel

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,10G,5741

6,FH

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,10G,5741

6,LP

Broadcom

QLogic CRD,NTWK,QLGC,FH,10G,2P,

BT

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,LP,10G,2P,

BT

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,INTL,FH,10G,2P,B

T

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,LP,10G,2P,B

T

Intel

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,1GB,QP,INT,

LP,V3

Intel

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 1Gb

Installing and removing system components 135

6900

7000

7100

7200

7300

7400

6500

6600

6700

6800

7500

7600

7900

8000

8100

5600

5700

6200

6300

6400

Card Priority

5300

5400

5500

Table 36. Config12-1: R1D+R2A+R3A+R4A(FL) (continued)

Agile Description

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,1GB,QP,INT

EL,V3

Supplier

Intel

Category

NIC: 1Gb

NIC: 1Gb CRD,NTWK,PCIE,QP,1G,BCO

M,V2

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,QP,1G,BCO

M,LP,V2

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,H100,CX6,S

P,L,ML

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,H100,CX6,S

P,F,ML

Broadcom

Broadcom

Mellanox

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,2P,S28

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,4P,S28

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

Broadcom

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,OCP3,25G

,2P,S28

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,V2

Broadcom

Broadcom CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,2P,V2

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,2

P,SF+

Intel

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,BT

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,SF+

Broadcom

QLogic CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

2P,BT

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

2P,SF+

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,2

P,BT

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,4

P,SF+

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

4P,BT

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

4P,SF+

Intel

Intel

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,BRCM,OCP3,1G,4

P,BT

Broadcom

Intel CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,1G,4P

,BT

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GA,FH

V2,18F

FOXCONN

NIC: 1Gb

NIC: HDR100 VPI

NIC: HDR100 VPI

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 1Gb

OCP: 1Gb

External Adapter

136 Installing and removing system components

9900

10000

10100

10200

10300

10500

9400

9500

9600

9800

10600

10700

10800

10900

11200

8500

8600

9100

9200

9300

Card Priority

8200

8300

8400

Table 36. Config12-1: R1D+R2A+R3A+R4A(FL) (continued)

Agile Description

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GAD,L

PV2,18

Supplier

FOXCONN

Category

External Adapter

External Adapter PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,FH

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,LPF

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V4,S

ATA,FH

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V4,S

ATA,LP

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

Inventec

Inventec

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V5,S

ATA,FH

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V5,S

ATA,LP

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1725B

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1725B

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1725B

Inventec

Inventec

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1735

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1735,O

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1735

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1735,O

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1735

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1735,O

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,750GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

External Adapter

BOSS

BOSS

BOSS

BOSS

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

Table 37. Configuration12-2:R1D+R2A+R3A+R4A (HL)

Agile description Supplier Category

Broadcom NIC: 25Gb CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,25G,574

14,FH

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,25G,574

14,LP

Broadcom NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 10Gb CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,10G,5741

6,FH

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,10G,5741

6,LP

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,QP,1G,BCO

M,V2

Broadcom

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 1Gb

Card priority

5200

5300

8800

8900

9800

Installing and removing system components 137

11800

11900

12000

12100

12200

Card Priority

11300

11400

11500

12700

12800

12900

13000

13100

12300

12400

12500

12600

Table 37. Configuration12-2:R1D+R2A+R3A+R4A (HL) (continued)

Agile description

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,QP,1G,BCO

M,LP,V2

Supplier

Broadcom

Category

NIC: 1Gb

OCP: 25Gb CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,2P,V2

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,4P,S28

Broadcom

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,BT

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,V2

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BRCM,OCP3,1G,4

P,BT

Broadcom

CRD,CTL,FC32,2P,LPE35002,

EMLX

Emulex

CRD,CTL,FC32,2P,LPE35002,

EMX,L

Emulex

CRD,CTL,EMLX,FH,FC32,1P,S

28

CRD,CTL,EMLX,LP,FC32,1P,S

28

Emulex

Emulex

Emulex CRD,CTL,FC16,1P,LPE31000,

EM

CRD,CTL,FC16,1P,LPE31K0,E

M,L

Emulex

CRD,CTL,FC16,2P,LPE31002,

EM

CRD,CTL,FC16,2P,LPE31K2,E

M,L

Emulex

Emulex

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755N,FRON

T

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755,FRONT FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,FPERC,

V2

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,FPERC FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA355I,FRONT FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,FRONT FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,FRONT,V2 FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755,ADPT

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,ADPT,V

2

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,ADPT

PWA,CTL,HBA355I,ADPT

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,ADPT FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,ADPT,V2 FOXCONN

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 1Gb

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

138 Installing and removing system components

11500

11600

12500

6200

6300

Card priority

9900

10600

10800

7600

7700

1500

1600

2000

2100

2200

2300

2400

2500

2800

2900

3000

3100

3200

6400

6500

7400

7500

Table 37. Configuration12-2:R1D+R2A+R3A+R4A (HL) (continued)

Agile description

KIT, CRD, CTL, HBA355E

Supplier

FOXCONN

Category

External Adapter

External Adapter ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GA,FH

V2,18F

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GA,FH

V3,18F

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GAD,L

PV2,18

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GAD,L

PV3,18

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,FH

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,V2,FH

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,LPF

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,V2,LPF

CRD,NTWK,10G,SFP+,DP

FVL,INTEL

FOXCONN

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,FH,10G,2P,B

T

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,LP,10G,2P,B

T

Intel

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,1GB,QP,INT,

LP,V3

Intel

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,1GB,QP,INT

EL,V3

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,2

P,SF+

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,2

P,BT

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,4

P,SF+

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,1G,4P

,BT

Intel

Intel

Intel

Intel

KIT,CRD,NVME,750GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

KIT,CRD,NVME,375GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

CRD,CTL,PCIE,375GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

ASSY,CRD,SER,FH,SVR,15G Inventec

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,FP

ERC,V3

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,FP

ERC,V2

Inventec

Inventec

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 1Gb

NIC: 1Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 1Gb

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

Serial

Front PERC

Front PERC

Installing and removing system components 139

12200

12600

15300

15400

15500

100

1700

1800

9400

9500

9600

9700

11400

12000

13400

13500

13600

8700

Card priority

14500

12900

13000

13100

13200

13300

Table 37. Configuration12-2:R1D+R2A+R3A+R4A (HL) (continued)

Agile description

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GBNV,

FPERC

Supplier

Inventec

Category

Front PERC

PERC Adapter ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,AD

PT,V2

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,AD

PT

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS-

S2,ADPT,15G

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V4,S

ATA,FH

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V4,S

ATA,LP

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V5,S

ATA,FH

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V5,S

ATA,LP

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,100G,2

P,Q56

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,100G,2

P,Q56

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Mellanox

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,100G,CX5,DP,QS

FP,MLNX

CRD,NTWK,100G,CX5,DP,QS

F,MLX,L

Mellanox

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,25G,2P

,S28

Mellanox

Mellanox CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,25G,2P

,S28

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,H100,CX6,S

P,L,ML

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,H100,CX6,S

P,F,ML

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,HDRV,1

P,Q56

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,HDRV,1

P,Q56

Mellanox

Mellanox

Mellanox CRD,NTWK,MLNX,OCP3,25G

,2P,S28

CRD,NTWK,100G,DP,QSFP28

,NAPA,Z

NAPATECH

QLogic CRD,NTWK,DP,25G,SFP,QLG

,V2

CRD,NTWK,DP,25G,SFP,QLG

,LP,V2

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,FH,25G,2P

,S28

QLogic

PERC Adapter

BOSS

BOSS

BOSS

BOSS

BOSS

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: HDR100 VPI

NIC: HDR100 VPI

NIC:HDR VPI

NIC:HDR VPI

OCP: 25Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

140 Installing and removing system components

4600

4700

10000

10100

10200

10300

3300

3400

3600

3700

11000

3500

4200

4300

5400

13700

14000

14100

14200

14300

Card priority

1900

2600

2700

Table 37. Configuration12-2:R1D+R2A+R3A+R4A (HL) (continued)

Agile description Supplier

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,LP,25G,2P,

S28

QLogic

Category

NIC: 25Gb

HBA: FC32 CRD,CTL,QLGC,FH,FC32,1P,S

28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,QLGC,LP,FC32,1P,S

28

QLogic

QLogic CRD,CTL,QLGC,FH,FC32,2P,

S28

CRD,CTL,QLGC,LP,FC32,2P,

S28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,SP,2690,

FH,V2

QLogic

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,SP,2690,

LP,V2

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,DP,2692,

FH,V2

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,DP,2692,

LP,V2

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,DP,10G,BT,QLG,V

2

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,DP,10G,BT,QLG,L

P,V2

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,FH,10G,2P,

BT

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,LP,10G,2P,

BT

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

QLogic

QLogic CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

2P,BT

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

2P,SF+

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

4P,BT

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

4P,SF+

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1725B

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1725B

QLogic

QLogic

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1725B

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1735

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1735,O

SAMSUNG

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

Installing and removing system components 141

9100

10900

11800

11900

12300

12400

8100

8200

8300

9000

14400

14500

14600

14700

14800

6800

6900

7800

7900

8000

Card priority

5500

6600

6700

Table 37. Configuration12-2:R1D+R2A+R3A+R4A (HL) (continued)

Agile description

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1735

Supplier

SAMSUNG

Category

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1735,O

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1735

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1735,O

SAMSUNG

SolarFlare CRD,NTWK,SLFR,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

CRD,NTWK,SLFR,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

SolarFlare

ADPT,CRD,FPGA,XLNX,225W

,PSV,FH

Xilinx

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 25Gb

Accelerators - FPGAs

Table 38. Configuration13-1: R1A+R2A+R3A (FL)

Agile description Supplier

Broadcom CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,25G,574

14,FH

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,25G,574

14,LP

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,10G,5741

6,FH

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,10G,5741

6,LP

Broadcom

Broadcom CRD,NTWK,PCIE,QP,1G,BCO

M,V2

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,QP,1G,BCO

M,LP,V2

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,2P,V2

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,4P,S28

Broadcom

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,BT

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,V2

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BRCM,OCP3,1G,4

P,BT

Broadcom

CRD,CTL,FC32,2P,LPE35002,

EMLX

Emulex

CRD,CTL,FC32,2P,LPE35002,

EMX,L

Emulex

CRD,CTL,EMLX,FH,FC32,1P,S

28

Emulex

CRD,CTL,EMLX,LP,FC32,1P,S

28

Emulex

Category

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 1Gb

NIC: 1Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 1Gb

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

142 Installing and removing system components

12700

6400

6500

6600

6700

9100

10000

10100

10800

Card priority

5400

5500

9000

11000

11700

11800

15200

11100

11200

1300

Card priority

14900

15000

15100

Table 38. Configuration13-1: R1A+R2A+R3A (FL) (continued)

Agile description

CRD,CTL,FC16,1P,LPE31000,

EM

Supplier

Emulex

Category

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16 CRD,CTL,FC16,1P,LPE31K0,E

M,L

CRD,CTL,FC16,2P,LPE31002,

EM

CRD,CTL,FC16,2P,LPE31K2,E

M,L

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755N,FRON

T

Emulex

Emulex

Emulex

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755,FRONT FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,FPERC,

V2

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,FPERC FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA355I,FRONT FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,FRONT FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,FRONT,V2 FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755,ADPT

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,ADPT,V

2

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,ADPT

PWA,CTL,HBA355I,ADPT

PWA,CTL,HBA345,ADPT

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,ADPT,V2 FOXCONN

KIT, CRD, CTL, HBA355E FOXCONN

FOXCONN ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GA,FH

V2,18F

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GA,FH

V3,18F

FOXCONN

FOXCONN ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GAD,L

PV2,18

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GAD,L

PV3,18

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,FH

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,V2,FH

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,LPF

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,V2,LPF

CRD,NTWK,DP,INTEL,25G,SF

P

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

Intel

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

NIC: 25Gb

Installing and removing system components 143

7900

1700

1800

2200

2300

2400

2500

2600

2700

3000

3100

3200

3300

3400

14500

13100

Card priority

7600

7700

7800

13200

13300

13400

13500

13600

13700

13800

4600

Table 38. Configuration13-1: R1A+R2A+R3A (FL) (continued)

Agile description

CRD,NTWK,DP,INTEL,25G,SF

P,LP

Supplier

Intel

Category

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 10Gb CRD,NTWK,10GBT,INTEL,LP,

V2

Intel

CRD,NTWK,4X10G,SFP+,INTE

L

Intel

CRD,NTWK,10G,SFP+,DPFVL,

IN,LP

Intel

CRD,NTWK,10G,SFP+,DP

FVL,INTEL

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,FH,10G,2P,B

T

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,LP,10G,2P,B

T

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,1GB,QP,INT,

LP,V3

Intel

Intel

Intel CRD,NTWK,PCIE,1GB,QP,INT

EL,V3

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,2

P,SF+

Intel

Intel CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,2

P,BT

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,4

P,SF+

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,1G,4P

,BT

Intel

KIT,CRD,NVME,750GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

KIT,CRD,NVME,375GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

CRD,CTL,PCIE,375GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

ASSY,CRD,SER,FH,SVR,15G Inventec

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,FP

ERC,V3

Inventec

INVENTEC ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,FP

ERC,V2

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GBNV,

FPERC

Inventec

Inventec ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,AD

PT,V2

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,AD

PT

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V4,S

ATA,FH

Inventec

Inventec

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 1Gb

NIC: 1Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 1Gb

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

Serial

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

BOSS

144 Installing and removing system components

12800

15500

15600

15700

100

1900

9900

11600

12200

12400

2000

2100

2800

2900

14200

8800

8900

9600

9700

9800

Card priority

4700

8600

8700

Table 38. Configuration13-1: R1A+R2A+R3A (FL) (continued)

Agile description

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V4,S

ATA,LP

Supplier

Inventec

Category

BOSS

BOSS ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V5,S

ATA,FH

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V5,S

ATA,LP

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,100G,2

P,Q56

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,100G,2

P,Q56

Inventec

Inventec

Mellanox

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,100G,CX5,DP,QS

FP,MLNX

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,100G,CX5,DP,QS

F,MLX,L

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,25G,2P

,S28

Mellanox

Mellanox

Mellanox CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,25G,2P

,S28

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,H100,CX6,S

P,L,ML

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,H100,CX6,S

P,F,ML

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,HDRV,1

P,Q56

Mellanox

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,HDRV,1

P,Q56

Mellanox

Mellanox CRD,NTWK,MLNX,OCP3,25G

,2P,S28

CRD,NTWK,100G,DP,QSFP28

,NAPA,Z

NAPATECH

CRD,GRPHC,NVIDI,T4,16GB,7

0W,V2

NVIDIA

CRD,GRPHC,NVIDIA,T4,16GB,

70W,L

NVIDIA

CRD,GRPHC,32GB,225W,M10

,PASSIV

NVIDIA

CRD,ACLTR,NVID,A100,40GB,

250W

NVIDIA

CRD,ACLTR,NVIDIA,A10,24GB

,150W

NVIDIA

NVIDIA CRD,ACLTR,NVIDIA,A40,48G

B,300W

CRD,GRPHC,16GB,250W,V10

0,FF3.0

NVIDIA

CRD,GRPHC,32GB,250W,V10

0S,PCIE

NVIDIA

BOSS

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: HDR100 VPI

NIC: HDR100 VPI

NIC:HDR VPI

NIC:HDR VPI

OCP: 25Gb

NIC: 100Gb

GPU

GPU

GPU

GPU

GPU

GPU

GPU

GPU

Installing and removing system components 145

10500

11200

3700

200

300

400

4900

10200

10300

10400

500

600

700

800

900

3500

3600

3800

3900

4800

Card priority

14300

14400

14500

Table 38. Configuration13-1: R1A+R2A+R3A (FL) (continued)

Agile description

CRD,GRPHC,NVIDIA,24GB,RT

X6000

Supplier

NVIDIA

Category

GPU

GPU CRD,GRPHC,NVIDIA,48GB,RT

X8000

NVIDIA

CRD,GRPHC,16GB,RTX5000 NVIDIA

CRD,NTWK,DP,25G,SFP,QLG

,V2

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,DP,25G,SFP,QLG

,LP,V2

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,FH,25G,2P

,S28

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,LP,25G,2P,

S28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,QLGC,FH,FC32,1P,S

28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,QLGC,LP,FC32,1P,S

28

QLogic

QLogic CRD,CTL,QLGC,FH,FC32,2P,

S28

CRD,CTL,QLGC,LP,FC32,2P,

S28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,SP,2690,

FH,V2

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,SP,2690,

LP,V2

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,DP,2692,

FH,V2

QLogic

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,DP,2692,

LP,V2

CRD,NTWK,DP,10G,BT,QLG,V

2

QLogic

QLogic

QLogic CRD,NTWK,DP,10G,BT,QLG,L

P,V2

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,FH,10G,2P,

BT

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,LP,10G,2P,

BT

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

QLogic

QLogic CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

2P,BT

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

2P,SF+

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

4P,BT

QLogic

GPU

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

146 Installing and removing system components

8500

9200

9300

11100

12000

12100

12500

7100

8000

8100

8200

8300

8400

5700

6800

6900

7000

Card priority

1100

1200

1300

4400

4500

5600

Table 38. Configuration13-1: R1A+R2A+R3A (FL) (continued)

Agile description

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

4P,SF+

Supplier

QLogic

Category

OCP: 10Gb

PCIE SSD KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1725B

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1725B

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1725B

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1735

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1735,O

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1735

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1735,O

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1735

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1735,O

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

CRD,NTWK,SLFR,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

CRD,NTWK,SLFR,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

SolarFlare

SolarFlare

ADPT,CRD,FPGA,XLNX,225W

,PSV,FH

Xilinx

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 25Gb

Accelerators - FPGAs

Table 39. Configuration13-2: R1A+R2A+R3A (HL)

Agile description

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,25G,574

14,FH

Supplier

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,25G,574

14,LP

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,10G,5741

6,FH

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,10G,5741

6,LP

Broadcom

Broadcom CRD,NTWK,PCIE,QP,1G,BCO

M,V2

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,QP,1G,BCO

M,LP,V2

Broadcom

Broadcom CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,2P,V2

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,4P,S28

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,BT

Broadcom

Category

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 1Gb

NIC: 1Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 10Gb

Card priority

5200

5300

8800

8900

9800

9900

10600

10800

11500

14800

14900

15000

15100

15200

15300

15400

11300

11400

1500

Card priority

12600

14600

14700

Installing and removing system components 147

Table 39. Configuration13-2: R1A+R2A+R3A (HL) (continued)

Agile description

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,V2

Supplier

Broadcom

Category

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 1Gb CRD,NTWK,BRCM,OCP3,1G,4

P,BT

Broadcom

CRD,CTL,FC32,2P,LPE35002,

EMLX

Emulex

CRD,CTL,FC32,2P,LPE35002,

EMX,L

Emulex

CRD,CTL,EMLX,FH,FC32,1P,S

28

Emulex

CRD,CTL,EMLX,LP,FC32,1P,S

28

Emulex

Emulex CRD,CTL,FC16,1P,LPE31000,

EM

CRD,CTL,FC16,1P,LPE31K0,E

M,L

CRD,CTL,FC16,2P,LPE31002,

EM

CRD,CTL,FC16,2P,LPE31K2,E

M,L

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755N,FRON

T

Emulex

Emulex

Emulex

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755,FRONT FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,FPERC,

V2

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,FPERC FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA355I,FRONT FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,FRONT FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,FRONT,V2 FOXCONN

KIT, CRD, CTL, HBA355E FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755,ADPT

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,ADPT,V

2

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,ADPT

PWA,CTL,HBA355I,ADPT

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,ADPT FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,ADPT,V2 FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GA,FH

V2,18F

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GA,FH

V3,18F

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GAD,L

PV2,18

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

External Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

148 Installing and removing system components

6300

6400

6500

7400

7500

Card priority

11600

12500

6200

7600

7700

1500

1600

2000

2900

3000

3100

3200

12900

13000

2100

2200

2300

2400

14500

2500

2800

13100

Table 39. Configuration13-2: R1A+R2A+R3A (HL) (continued)

Agile description

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GAD,L

PV3,18

Supplier

FOXCONN

Category

External Adapter

External Adapter PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,FH

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,V2,FH

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,LPF

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,V2,LPF

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

CRD,NTWK,DP,INTEL,25G,SF

P

Intel

CRD,NTWK,DP,INTEL,25G,SF

P,LP

CRD,NTWK,10GBT,INTEL,LP,

V2

Intel

Intel

CRD,NTWK,4X10G,SFP+,INTE

L

Intel

CRD,NTWK,10G,SFP+,DPFVL,

IN,LP

Intel

CRD,NTWK,10G,SFP+,DP

FVL,INTEL

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,FH,10G,2P,B

T

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,LP,10G,2P,B

T

Intel

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,1GB,QP,INT,

LP,V3

Intel

Intel CRD,NTWK,PCIE,1GB,QP,INT

EL,V3

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,2

P,SF+

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,2

P,BT

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,4

P,SF+

Intel

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,1G,4P

,BT

Intel

KIT,CRD,NVME,750GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

KIT,CRD,NVME,375GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

CRD,CTL,PCIE,375GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

ASSY,CRD,SER,FH,SVR,15G Inventec

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 1Gb

NIC: 1Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 1Gb

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

Serial

9500

9600

9700

11400

12000

12200

8500

8600

8700

9400

12600

15300

15400

15500

100

13500

13600

4400

4500

8400

Card priority

13200

13300

13400

Installing and removing system components 149

Table 39. Configuration13-2: R1A+R2A+R3A (HL) (continued)

Agile description

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,FP

ERC,V3

Supplier

Inventec

Category

Front PERC

Front PERC ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,FP

ERC,V2

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GBNV,

FPERC

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,AD

PT,V2

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,AD

PT

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS-

S2,ADPT,15G

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V4,S

ATA,FH

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V4,S

ATA,LP

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V5,S

ATA,FH

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V5,S

ATA,LP

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,100G,2

P,Q56

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,100G,2

P,Q56

CRD,NTWK,100G,CX5,DP,QS

FP,MLNX

CRD,NTWK,100G,CX5,DP,QS

F,MLX,L

Mellanox

Mellanox

Mellanox

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,25G,2P

,S28

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,25G,2P

,S28

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,H100,CX6,S

P,L,ML

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,H100,CX6,S

P,F,ML

Mellanox

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,HDRV,1

P,Q56

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,HDRV,1

P,Q56

Mellanox

Mellanox CRD,NTWK,MLNX,OCP3,25G

,2P,S28

CRD,NTWK,100G,DP,QSFP28

,NAPA,Z

NAPATECH

CRD,NTWK,DP,25G,SFP,QLG

,V2

QLogic

Front PERC

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

BOSS

BOSS

BOSS

BOSS

BOSS

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: HDR100 VPI

NIC: HDR100 VPI

NIC:HDR VPI

NIC:HDR VPI

OCP: 25Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 25Gb

150 Installing and removing system components

3600

3700

4600

4700

10000

10100

14200

14300

3300

3400

10200

10300

11000

3500

4200

2600

2700

13700

14000

14100

Card priority

1700

1800

1900

Table 39. Configuration13-2: R1A+R2A+R3A (HL) (continued)

Agile description

CRD,NTWK,DP,25G,SFP,QLG

,LP,V2

Supplier

QLogic

Category

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb CRD,NTWK,QLGC,FH,25G,2P

,S28

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,LP,25G,2P,

S28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,QLGC,FH,FC32,1P,S

28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,QLGC,LP,FC32,1P,S

28

QLogic

QLogic CRD,CTL,QLGC,FH,FC32,2P,

S28

CRD,CTL,QLGC,LP,FC32,2P,

S28

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,SP,2690,

FH,V2

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,SP,2690,

LP,V2

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,DP,2692,

FH,V2

QLogic

QLogic

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,DP,2692,

LP,V2

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,FH,10G,2P,

BT

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,LP,10G,2P,

BT

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

QLogic

QLogic CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

2P,BT

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

2P,SF+

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

4P,BT

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

4P,SF+

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1725B

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1725B

QLogic

QLogic

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1725B

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1735

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1735,O

SAMSUNG

NIC: 25Gb

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

Installing and removing system components 151

9100

10900

11800

11900

12300

12400

7900

8000

8100

9000

14400

14500

14600

14700

14800

6600

6700

6800

6900

7800

Card priority

4300

5400

5500

Table 39. Configuration13-2: R1A+R2A+R3A (HL) (continued)

Agile description

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1735

Supplier

SAMSUNG

Category

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1735,O

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1735

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1735,O

SAMSUNG

SolarFlare CRD,NTWK,SLFR,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

CRD,NTWK,SLFR,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

SolarFlare

ADPT,CRD,FPGA,XLNX,225W

,PSV,FH

Xilinx

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 25Gb

Accelerators - FPGAs

Table 40. Configuration 14: R1B+R2A+R3B

Agile description Supplier

Broadcom CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,25G,574

14,FH

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,25G,574

14,LP

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,10G,5741

6,FH

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,DP,10G,5741

6,LP

Broadcom

Broadcom CRD,NTWK,PCIE,QP,1G,BCO

M,V2

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,QP,1G,BCO

M,LP,V2

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,2P,V2

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,25G

,4P,S28

Broadcom

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,BT

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BCME,OCP3,10G,

2P,V2

Broadcom

CRD,NTWK,BRCM,OCP3,1G,4

P,BT

Broadcom

CRD,CTL,FC32,2P,LPE35002,

EMLX

Emulex

CRD,CTL,FC32,2P,LPE35002,

EMX,L

Emulex

CRD,CTL,EMLX,FH,FC32,1P,S

28

Emulex

CRD,CTL,EMLX,LP,FC32,1P,S

28

Emulex

Category

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 1Gb

NIC: 1Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 1Gb

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

152 Installing and removing system components

12500

6200

6300

6400

6500

8900

9800

9900

10600

Card priority

5200

5300

8800

10800

11500

11600

15200

11100

11200

13000

Card priority

14900

15000

15100

Table 40. Configuration 14: R1B+R2A+R3B (continued)

Agile description

CRD,CTL,FC16,1P,LPE31000,

EM

Supplier

Emulex

Category

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16 CRD,CTL,FC16,1P,LPE31K0,E

M,L

CRD,CTL,FC16,2P,LPE31002,

EM

CRD,CTL,FC16,2P,LPE31K2,E

M,L

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755N,FRON

T

Emulex

Emulex

Emulex

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755,FRONT FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,FPERC,

V2

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,FPERC FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA355I,FRONT FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,FRONT FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,FRONT,V2 FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H755,ADPT

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,ADPT,V

2

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H345,ADPT

PWA,CTL,HBA355I,ADPT

PWA,CTL,HBA345,ADPT

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,HBA345,ADPT,V2 FOXCONN

KIT, CRD, CTL, HBA355E FOXCONN

FOXCONN ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GA,FH

V2,18F

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GA,FH

V3,18F

FOXCONN

FOXCONN ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GAD,L

PV2,18

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H840,8GAD,L

PV3,18

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,FH

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,V2,FH

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,LPF

PWA,CTL,12GB-SAS-

HBA,ADPT,V2,LPF

CRD,NTWK,DP,INTEL,25G,SF

P

FOXCONN

FOXCONN

Intel

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

External Adapter

NIC: 25Gb

Installing and removing system components 153

7700

1500

1600

2000

2100

2200

2300

2400

2500

2800

2900

3000

3100

3200

14500

12900

Card priority

7400

7500

7600

13000

13100

13200

13300

13400

13500

13600

4400

Table 40. Configuration 14: R1B+R2A+R3B (continued)

Agile description

CRD,NTWK,DP,INTEL,25G,SF

P,LP

Supplier

Intel

Category

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 10Gb CRD,NTWK,10GBT,INTEL,LP,

V2

Intel

CRD,NTWK,4X10G,SFP+,INTE

L

Intel

CRD,NTWK,10G,SFP+,DPFVL,

IN,LP

Intel

CRD,NTWK,10G,SFP+,DP

FVL,INTEL

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,FH,10G,2P,B

T

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,LP,10G,2P,B

T

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,1GB,QP,INT,

LP,V3

Intel

Intel

Intel CRD,NTWK,PCIE,1GB,QP,INT

EL,V3

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,2

P,SF+

Intel

Intel CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,2

P,BT

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,10G,4

P,SF+

Intel

CRD,NTWK,INTL,OCP3,1G,4P

,BT

Intel

KIT,CRD,NVME,750GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

KIT,CRD,NVME,375GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

CRD,CTL,PCIE,375GB,HHHL,

P4800X

INTEL

ASSY,CRD,SER,FH,SVR,15G Inventec

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,FP

ERC,V3

Inventec

Inventec ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,FP

ERC,V2

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GBNV,

FPERC

Inventec

Inventec ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,AD

PT,V2

ASSY,CRD,CTL,H745,4GB,AD

PT

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS-

S2,ADPT,15G

Inventec

Inventec

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 1Gb

NIC: 1Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 1Gb

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

Serial

Front PERC

Front PERC

Front PERC

PERC Adapter

PERC Adapter

BOSS

154 Installing and removing system components

12600

15300

15400

15500

100

1700

9700

11400

12000

12200

1800

1900

2600

2700

13700

8600

8700

9400

9500

9600

Card priority

4500

8400

8500

Table 40. Configuration 14: R1B+R2A+R3B (continued)

Agile description

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V4,S

ATA,FH

Supplier

Inventec

Category

BOSS

BOSS ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V4,S

ATA,LP

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V5,S

ATA,FH

ASSY,CRD,CTL,BOSS.S1V5,S

ATA,LP

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,100G,2

P,Q56

Inventec

Inventec

Inventec

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,100G,2

P,Q56

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,100G,CX5,DP,QS

FP,MLNX

CRD,NTWK,100G,CX5,DP,QS

F,MLX,L

Mellanox

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,25G,2P

,S28

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,25G,2P

,S28

Mellanox

Mellanox

Mellanox CRD,NTWK,PCIE,H100,CX6,S

P,L,ML

CRD,NTWK,PCIE,H100,CX6,S

P,F,ML

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,LP,HDRV,1

P,Q56

Mellanox

CRD,NTWK,MLNX,FH,HDRV,1

P,Q56

Mellanox

Mellanox CRD,NTWK,MLNX,OCP3,25G

,2P,S28

CRD,NTWK,100G,DP,QSFP28

,NAPA,Z

NAPATECH

CRD,NTWK,DP,25G,SFP,QLG

,V2

CRD,NTWK,DP,25G,SFP,QLG

,LP,V2

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,FH,25G,2P

,S28

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,LP,25G,2P,

S28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,QLGC,FH,FC32,1P,S

28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,QLGC,LP,FC32,1P,S

28

QLogic

CRD,CTL,QLGC,FH,FC32,2P,

S28

QLogic

BOSS

BOSS

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: HDR100 VPI

NIC: HDR100 VPI

NIC:HDR VPI

NIC:HDR VPI

OCP: 25Gb

NIC: 100Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

NIC: 25Gb

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC32

Installing and removing system components 155

10200

10300

11000

3500

4200

4300

4600

4700

10000

10100

5400

5500

6600

6700

6800

14300

3300

3400

3600

3700

Card priority

14000

14100

14200

Table 40. Configuration 14: R1B+R2A+R3B (continued)

Agile description

CRD,CTL,QLGC,LP,FC32,2P,

S28

Supplier

QLogic

Category

HBA: FC32

HBA: FC16 CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,SP,2690,

FH,V2

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,SP,2690,

LP,V2

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,DP,2692,

FH,V2

CRD,CTL,FC16,HBA,DP,2692,

LP,V2

QLogic

QLogic

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,DP,10G,BT,QLG,V

2

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,DP,10G,BT,QLG,L

P,V2

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,FH,10G,2P,

BT

QLogic

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,LP,10G,2P,

BT

QLogic

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

QLogic

QLogic CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

2P,BT

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

2P,SF+

QLogic

QLogic CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

4P,BT

CRD,NTWK,QLGC,OCP3,10G,

4P,SF+

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1725B

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1725B

QLogic

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1725B

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1735

KIT,CRD,NVME,1.6,HHHL,PM

1735,O

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1735

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,3.2,HHHL,PM

1735,O

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1735

SAMSUNG

SAMSUNG

KIT,CRD,NVME,6.4,HHHL,PM

1735,O

SAMSUNG

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

HBA: FC16

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

NIC: 10Gb

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

OCP: 10Gb

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

PCIE SSD

156 Installing and removing system components

12300

12400

14400

14500

14600

14700

9100

10900

11800

11900

14800

14900

15000

15100

15200

8000

8100

8200

8300

9000

Card priority

6900

7800

7900

Table 40. Configuration 14: R1B+R2A+R3B (continued)

Agile description

CRD,NTWK,SLFR,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

Supplier

SolarFlare

Category

OCP: 25Gb

OCP: 25Gb CRD,NTWK,SLFR,OCP3,25G,

2P,S28

SolarFlare

ADPT,CRD,FPGA,XLNX,225W

,PSV,FH

Xilinx Accelerators - FPGAs

Card priority

11100

11200

N/A

Removing the expansion card risers

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. Disconnect any cables that are connected to the expansion card.

Steps

1. For Riser 1, loosen the captive screws on the riser.

a. Press the blue release tab and holding the edges lift the expansion card riser from the riser connector on the system board.

NOTE: The numbers on the image do not depict the exact steps. The numbers are for representation of sequence.

Figure 90. Removing the expansion card riser (Riser 1)

2. For Riser 2, press the blue button on the riser, and holding the touch points lift the expansion card riser from the riser connector on the system board.

Installing and removing system components 157

Figure 91. Removing the expansion card riser (Riser 2)

3. For Riser 3, loosen the captive screw, and then press the blue release tab and holding the edges lift the expansion card riser from the riser connector on the system board.

Figure 92. Removing the expansion card riser (Riser 3)

4. For Riser 4, loosen the captive screw on the riser, and then press the blue release tab on the riser, and holding the touch point lift the expansion card riser from the riser connector on the system board.

158 Installing and removing system components

Figure 93. Removing the expansion card riser (Riser 4)

Next steps

1.

Replace the expansion card riser

.

Installing the expansion card risers

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If removed, install the expansion cards into the expansion card risers .

Steps

1. Holding the edges or the touch points, align the holes on the expansion card riser with the guides on the system board.

2. Lower the expansion card riser into place and press the touch points until the expansion card riser connector is fully seated on the system board connector.

3. Tighten the captive screws on the risers and system if any.

NOTE: The numbers on the image do not depict the exact steps. The numbers are for representation of sequence.

Installing and removing system components 159

Figure 94. Installing the expansion card riser (Riser 1)

Figure 95. Installing the expansion card riser (Riser 2)

160 Installing and removing system components

Figure 96. Installing the expansion card riser (Riser 3)

Figure 97. Installing the expansion card riser (Riser 4)

Installing and removing system components 161

Next steps

1. If required, re-connect the cables to the expansion card.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

3. Install any device drivers required for the card as described in the documentation for the card.

Removing expansion card from the expansion card riser

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If applicable, disconnect the cables from the expansion card.

4.

Remove the expansion card riser

.

Steps

1. Pull and lift the expansion card retention latch lock to open.

2. Pull the black card holder before removing the card from the riser.

3. Hold the expansion card by the edges. and pull the card until the card edge connector disengages from the expansion card connector on the riser.

NOTE: The numbers on the image do not depict the exact steps. The numbers are for representation of sequence.

Figure 98. Removing expansion card from the expansion card riser

4. If the expansion card is not going to be replaced, install a filler bracket and close the card retention latch.

162 Installing and removing system components

Figure 99. Installing the filler bracket

Next steps

1. If applicable,

install an expansion card into the expansion card riser

.

Installing an expansion card into the expansion card riser

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If installing a new expansion card, unpack it and prepare the card for installation.

NOTE: For instructions, see the documentation accompanying the card.

Steps

1. Pull and lift up the expansion card retention latch lock to open.

2. If installed, remove the filler bracket.

NOTE: Store the filler bracket for future use. Filler brackets must be installed in empty expansion card slots to maintain

Federal Communications Commission (FCC) certification of the system. The brackets also keep dust and dirt out of the system and aid in proper cooling and airflow inside the system.

Installing and removing system components 163

Figure 100. Removing the filler bracket

3. Hold the card by its edges, and align the card edge connector with the expansion card connector on the riser.

4. Insert the card edge connector firmly into the expansion card connector until the card is fully seated.

5. Close the expansion card retention latch.

6. Push the black card holder to hold the card in the riser.

NOTE: The numbers on the image do not depict the exact steps. The numbers are for representation of sequence.

Figure 101. Installing an expansion card into the expansion card riser

Next steps

1. If applicable, connect the cables to the expansion card.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

3. Install any device drivers required for the card as described in the documentation for the card.

Removing the full length expansion card risers

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

164 Installing and removing system components

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the GPU air shroud top cover

.

Steps

1. To remove expansion card Riser 1A: a. Loosen the captive screws on the riser.

b. Press the blue release tab and holding the edges lift the expansion card riser from the riser connector on the system board.

c. Disconnect the GPU power cable from the system board.

NOTE: The numbers on the image do not depict the exact steps. The numbers are for representation of sequence.

Figure 102. Removing the expansion card riser (Riser 1A)

2. To remove expansion card Riser 3A: a. Press the blue button on the riser, and holding the touch points lift the expansion card riser from the riser connector on the system board.

b. Disconnect the GPU power cable from the system board.

Installing and removing system components 165

Figure 103. Removing the expansion card riser (Riser 3A)

3. To remove expansion card Riser 4A: a. Disconnect the GPU power cable from the system board.

b. Loosen the captive screw.

c. Press the blue release tab and holding the edges lift the expansion card riser from the riser connector on the system board.

Figure 104. Removing the expansion card riser (Riser 4A)

166 Installing and removing system components

Next steps

1.

Replace the full length expansion card riser

.

Installing the full length expansion card risers

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If removed, install the GPU into the expansion card risers .

Steps

1. To install the full length expansion card Risers 1A and 3A: a. Connect the GPU cable to the system board.

b. Holding the edges or the touch points, align the holes on the expansion card riser with the guides on the system board.

c. Lower the expansion card riser into place and press the touch points until the expansion card riser connector is fully seated on the system board connector.

d. Tighten the captive screws on the risers and system if any.

NOTE: The numbers on the image do not depict the exact steps. The numbers are for representation of sequence.

Figure 105. Installing the expansion card riser (Riser 1A)

Installing and removing system components 167

Figure 106. Installing the expansion card riser (Riser 3A)

2. To install the full length expansion card Riser 4A: a. Holding the edges or the touch points, align the holes on the expansion card riser with the guides on the system board.

b. Lower the expansion card riser into place and press the touch points until the expansion card riser connector is fully seated on the system board connector.

c. Tighten the captive screw on the riser.

d. Connect the GPU cable to the system board.

Figure 107. Installing the expansion card riser (Riser 4A)

168 Installing and removing system components

Next steps

1. If removed, install the GPU air shroud

.

2.

Install the GPU air shroud top cover .

3. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

4. Install any device drivers required for the card as described in the documentation for the card.

Removing a GPU

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If applicable, disconnect the cables from the expansion card.

4.

Remove the GPU air shroud top cover

5.

Remove the full length expansion card riser

.

Steps

1. To remove the GPU from Riser 1: a. Disconnect the GPU power cable from the GPU card.

b. Press the button, and pull the black card holder before removing the GPU card from the riser.

c. Open the expansion card holder latch on the riser.

d. Hold the GPU card by the edges and pull the card until the card edge connector disengages from the GPU card connector on the riser.

NOTE: The numbers on the image do not depict the exact steps. The numbers are for representation of sequence.

Figure 108. Removing GPU 1

Installing and removing system components 169

2. To remove the GPU from Riser 3 and 4: a. Slide the expansion card latch on the riser.

b. Disconnect the GPU power cable from the GPU card.

c. Press the button, and pull the black card holder before removing the GPU card from the riser.

d. Open the expansion card holder latch on the riser.

e. Hold the GPU card by the edges and pull the card until the card edge connector disengages from the GPU card connector on the riser.

Figure 109. Removing GPU 3 and 4

3. If you are removing the GPU permanently, install a filler bracket.

NOTE: You must install a filler bracket over an empty expansion card slot to maintain Federal Communications

Commission (FCC) certification of the system. The brackets also keep dust and dirt out of the system and aid in proper cooling and airflow inside the system. The filler bracket is necessary to maintain proper thermal conditions.

4. Install a metal filler bracket over the empty expansion slot opening and close the expansion-card latch.

170 Installing and removing system components

Figure 110. Installing the metal filler bracket

Next steps

1.

Replace the GPU

.

Installing a GPU

Prerequisites

WARNING: Consumer-Grade GPU should not be installed or used in the Enterprise Server products.

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If installing a new expansion card, unpack it and prepare the card for installation.

NOTE: For instructions, see the documentation accompanying the card.

4.

Remove the GPU air shroud top cover

Steps

1. Open the expansion-card latch, and remove the metal filler bracket away from the riser.

Installing and removing system components 171

Figure 111. Removing the metal filler bracket

2. To install the GPU on Riser 1: a. Align the connector on the GPU with the connector on the riser.

b. Insert the GPU into the riser until it is fully seated.

c. Close the expansion card holder latch.

d. Press the black card holder latch on the GPU and riser to secure the GPU card to the riser.

e. Connect the GPU power cable to the GPU card.

172 Installing and removing system components

Figure 112. Installing GPU on Riser 1

3. To install the GPU on Riser 3 and 4: a. Align the connector on the GPU with the connector on the riser.

b. Insert the GPU into the riser until it is fully seated.

c. Close the expansion card holder latch.

d. Press the black card holder latch on the GPU and riser to secure the GPU card to the riser.

e. Connect the GPU power cable to the GPU card.

f. Slide back the expansion card latch on the riser.

Installing and removing system components 173

Figure 113. Installing GPU on Riser 3 and Riser 4

Next steps

1. If removed, install the GPU air shroud

.

2.

Install the GPU air shroud top cover .

3.

Install the full length expansion card riser

.

4. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

5. Install any device drivers required for the card as described in the documentation for the card.

Optional serial COM port

Removing the serial COM port

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove expansion card riser

.

4. Disconnect the serial COM port cable from the connector on the rear I/O board.

Steps

1. Open the latch on the expansion card riser and slide the serial COM port out of the expansion card riser.

174 Installing and removing system components

Figure 114. Removing the Serial COM port

2. Disconnect the serial COM port cable from the serial port.

Figure 115. Removing the Serial COM port

Next steps

1.

Replace the serial COM port

.

Installing and removing system components 175

Installing the serial COM port

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove expansion card riser

.

4. Disconnect the serial COM port cable from the connector on the rear I/O board.

Steps

1. Open the latch on the expansion card riser and remove the filler bracket from the expansion card riser (Riser 3).

Figure 116. Installing the Serial COM port

2. Slide the serial COM port into the expansion card riser.

3. Connect the serial COM port cable to the serial port.

176 Installing and removing system components

Figure 117. Installing the Serial COM port

Next steps

1. Reconnect the serial COM port cable to the connector on the rear I/O board.

2.

Install the expansion card riser

.

3. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Optional IDSDM module

Removing the IDSDM module

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If you are replacing the IDSDM module,

remove the MicroSD cards

.

NOTE: Temporarily label each SD card with its corresponding slot number before removal. Reinstall the SD cards into the corresponding slots.

Steps

Holding the blue pull tab, lift the IDSDM module out of the system.

Installing and removing system components 177

Figure 118. Removing the IDSDM module

Next steps

1.

Replace the IDSDM module

.

Installing the IDSDM module

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

Steps

1. Locate the IDSDM connector on the system board.

NOTE: Ensure to install the IDSDM module in the IDSDM/USB card slot and not in the J_R3_PCIE_PWR connector slot.

To locate IDSDM module, see the System board jumpers and connectors

section.

2. Align IDSDM module with the connector on the system board.

3. Press the IDSDM module until it is firmly seated in the connector on the system board.

178 Installing and removing system components

Figure 119. Installing the IDSDM module

Next steps

1.

Install the MicroSD cards

.

NOTE: Reinstall the Micro-SD cards into the same slots based on the labels you had marked on the cards during removal.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

MicroSD card

Removing the MicroSD card

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the IDSDM module

.

Steps

1. Locate the MicroSD card slot on the IDSDM module, and press the card to partially release it from the slot. For more information about the slot location, see

System board jumpers and connectors section.

2. Hold the MicroSD card, and remove it from the slot.

NOTE: Temporarily label each MicroSD card with the corresponding slot number after removal.

Installing and removing system components 179

Figure 120. Removing the MicroSD card

Next steps

1.

Replace the MicroSD cards

.

Installing the MicroSD card

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

NOTE: To use an MicroSD card with your system, ensure that the Internal SD Card Port is enabled in System Setup.

NOTE: Ensure that you install the MicroSD cards into the same slots based on the labels you had marked on the cards during removal.

Steps

1. Locate the MicroSD card slot on the IDSDM module. Orient the MicroSD card appropriately and insert the contact-pin end of the card into the slot. To locate IDSDM, see the

System board jumpers and connectors

section.

NOTE: The slot is keyed to ensure correct insertion of the card.

2. Press the card into the slot to lock it into place.

180 Installing and removing system components

Figure 121. Installing the MicroSD card

Next steps

1.

Install the IDSDM module .

2. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

M.2 SSD module

Removing the M.2 SSD module

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. Remove the BOSS card. The BOSS card removal is similar to removing expansion card from the expansion card riser .

Steps

1. Using the Phillips #1 screwdriver, remove the screws securing the M.2 SSD module to the BOSS card.

2. Pull the M.2 SSD module to disconnect from the BOSS card connector.

NOTE: The numbers on the image do not depict the exact steps. The numbers are for representation of sequence.

Installing and removing system components 181

Figure 122. Removing the M.2 SSD module

Next steps

1.

Replace the M.2 SSD module .

Installing the M.2 SSD module

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. Remove the BOSS card. Removing BOSS card is similar to

removing expansion card from the expansion card riser

.

Steps

1. Align the M.2 SSD module at an angle with the BOSS card connector.

2. Insert the M.2 SSD module until it is firmly seated in the BOSS card connector.

3. Using the Phillips #1 screwdriver, secure the M.2 SSD module on the BOSS card with the screw.

182 Installing and removing system components

Figure 123. Installing the M.2 SSD module

Next steps

1. Install the BOSS card. Installing the BOSS is similar to

installing expansion card into the expansion card riser

.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

After working inside your system

on page 27.

BOSS S2 card (optional)

Removing the BOSS card filler

Prerequisites

Follow the safety guidelines listed in the

safety instructions

.

Steps

Press and pull the BOSS card filler out from the BOSS S2 controller card module bay.

Installing and removing system components 183

Figure 124. Removing the BOSS card filler

Next steps

1.

Replace the BOSS card filler

or BOSS S2 controller card module

.

Installing the BOSS card filler

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

Steps

Align the BOSS card filler with the BOSS S2 controller card module bay and push it into the bay until it clicks into place.

Figure 125. Installing the BOSS card filler

184 Installing and removing system components

Removing the BOSS S2 controller card module

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

Steps

1. Pull and lift the BOSS S2 card carrier retention latch lock to open.

2. Slide the BOSS S2 card carrier out.

Figure 126. Removing the BOSS S2 card carrier

3. Using the Phillips #1 screwdriver remove the M3 x 0.5 x 4.5 mm screw that secures the M.2 SSD to the BOSS S2 card carrier.

4. Slide the M.2 SSD out and up from the BOSS S2 card carrier.

Figure 127. Removing the M.2 SSD

5. Disconnect the BOSS power cable and the BOSS signal cable from the system board.

6. Using the Phillips #1 screwdriver remove the M3 x 0.5 x 4.5 mm screw that secures the BOSS S2 controller card module on

Riser 1. Slide the BOSS S2 controller card module towards the front of the chassis and lift the controller card module.

Installing and removing system components 185

Figure 128. Removing the BOSS S2 controller card module

7. Remove the BOSS power cable and BOSS signal cable from the BOSS S2 controller card module.

Figure 129. Removing the BOSS power cable and BOSS signal cable from the BOSS S2 controller card module

Next steps

1.

Replace the BOSS S2 controller card module

or

Replace the BOSS card filler

Installing the BOSS S2 controller card module

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

186 Installing and removing system components

Steps

1. Connect the BOSS power cable and BOSS signal cable to the BOSS S2 controller card module.

Figure 130. Connecting the BOSS power cable and BOSS signal cable to the BOSS S2 controller card module

2. Align the BOSS S2 controller card module at an angle with the controller card module slot.

3. Insert the BOSS S2 controller card module and push the controller card module towards the back of the chassis until it is secured.

4. Using the Phillips #1 screwdriver, secure the BOSS S2 controller card module with the M3 x 0.5 x 4.5 mm screw.

5. Connect the BOSS power cable and the BOSS signal cable to the connectors on the system board.

Figure 131. Installing the BOSS S2 controller card module

6. Align the M.2 SSD at an angle with the BOSS S2 card carrier.

7. Insert the M.2 SSD until it is firmly seated in the BOSS S2 card carrier.

8. Using the Phillips #1 screwdriver, secure the M.2 SSD on the BOSS S2 card carrier with the M3 x 0.5 x 4.5 mm screw.

Installing and removing system components 187

Figure 132. Installing the M.2 SSD

9. Slide the BOSS S2 card carrier into the BOSS S2 controller card module slot.

10. Close the BOSS S2 card carrier release latch to lock the carrier in place.

Figure 133. Installing the BOSS S2 card carrier

Next steps

1. Follow the procedure listed in the

After working inside your system

on page 27.

System battery

Replacing the system battery

Prerequisites

WARNING: There is a danger of a new battery exploding if it is incorrectly installed. Replace the battery only with the same or equivalent type That is recommended by the manufacturer. Discard used batteries

188 Installing and removing system components

according to the manufacturer's instructions. See the Safety instructions. that came with your system for more information.

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If applicable, disconnect the power or data cables from the expansion cards.

4.

Remove the expansion card risers .

Steps

1. To remove the battery: a. Use a plastic scribe to pry out the system battery.

CAUTION: To avoid damage to the battery connector, you must firmly support the connector while installing or removing a battery.

Figure 134. Removing the system battery

2. To install a new system battery: a. Hold the battery with the positive side facing up and slide it under the securing tabs.

b. Press the battery into the connector until it snaps into place.

Installing and removing system components 189

Figure 135. Removing the system battery

Next steps

1.

Install the expansion card risers

.

2. If applicable, connect the cables to one or more expansion cards.

3. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

4. Confirm that the battery is operating properly, by performing the following steps: a. Enter the System Setup, while booting, by pressing F2.

b. Enter the correct time and date in the System Setup Time and Date fields.

c.

Exit the System Setup.

d. To test the newly installed battery, remove the system from the enclosure for at least an hour.

e. Reinstall the system into the enclosure after an hour.

f. Enter the System Setup and if the time and date are still incorrect, see Getting help section.

Optional internal USB card

NOTE:

To locate the internal USB port on the system board, see the System board jumpers and connectors

section.

Removing the internal USB card

Prerequisites

CAUTION: To avoid interference with other components in the server, the maximum permissible dimensions of the USB memory key are 15.9 mm wide x 57.15 mm long x 7.9 mm high.

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the expansion card risers .

Steps

1. Holding the blue tag, lift the internal USB card to disconnect from the connector on the system board.

2. Remove the USB memory key from the internal USB card.

190 Installing and removing system components

Figure 136. Removing the internal USB card

Next steps

1.

Replace the internal USB card

.

Installing the internal USB card

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the expansion card risers .

Steps

1. Connect the USB key to the internal USB card.

NOTE: Ensure to install the internal USB card in the IDSDM/USB card slot and not in the J_R3_PCIE_PWR connector slot.

2. Align the internal USB card with the connector on the system board and press firmly until the internal USB card is seated.

Installing and removing system components 191

Figure 137. Installing the internal USB card

Next steps

1.

Install the expansion card risers

.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

3. While booting, press F2 to enter System Setup and verify that the system detects the USB memory key.

Intrusion switch module

Removing the intrusion switch module

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the expansion card riser

.

NOTE: Ensure that you note the routing of the cables as you remove them from the system board. Route the cable properly when you replace it to prevent the cable from being pinched or crimped

Steps

1. Disconnect the intrusion switch cable from the connector on the rear I/O board.

2. Using a Phillips #2 screwdriver, loosen the screw on the intrusion switch module.

3. Slide the intrusion switch module out of the slot on the system.

NOTE: The numbers on the image do not depict the exact steps. The numbers are for representation of sequence.

192 Installing and removing system components

Figure 138. Removing the intrusion switch module

Next steps

1.

Replace the intrusion switch module

.

Installing the intrusion switch module

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the expansion card riser

.

NOTE: Ensure that you note the routing of the cables as you remove them from the system board. Route the cable properly when you replace it to prevent the cable from being pinched or crimped

Steps

1. Align the guides on the intrusion switch module with the standoffs on the system.

2. Slide the intrusion switch module into the slot in the system until firmly seated.

3. Using a Phillips #2 screwdriver, tighten the screw on the intrusion switch module.

4. Connect the intrusion switch cable to the connector on the rear I/O board.

Installing and removing system components 193

Figure 139. Installing the intrusion switch module

Next steps

1.

Install the expansion card riser

.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Optional OCP card

Removing the OCP card

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the expansion card riser

.

Steps

1. Open the blue latch to disengage the OCP card.

2. Push the OCP card towards the rear end of the system to disconnect from the connector on the system board.

3. Slide the OCP card out of the slot on the system.

194 Installing and removing system components

Figure 140. Removing the OCP card

4. If the OCP card is not going to be replaced, install a filler bracket .

Figure 141. Installation of filler bracket

Next steps

1.

Replace the OCP card .

Installing and removing system components 195

Installing the OCP card

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the expansion card riser

.

Steps

1. If installed, remove the filler bracket.

Figure 142. Removal of filler bracket

2. Open the blue latch on the system board.

3. Slide the OCP card into the slot in the system.

4. Push until the OCP card is connected to the connector on the system board.

5. Close the latch to lock the OCP card to the system.

NOTE: The numbers on the image do not depict the exact steps. The numbers are for representation of sequence.

196 Installing and removing system components

Figure 143. Installing the OCP card

Next steps

1.

Install the expansion card riser

2. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Power supply unit

NOTE: While replacing the hot swappable PSU, after next server boot; the new PSU automatically updates to the same firmware and configuration of the replaced one. For more information about the Part replacement configuration, see the

Lifecycle Controller User's Guide at https://www.dell.com/idracmanuals

Hot spare feature

Your system supports the hot spare feature that significantly reduces the power overhead associated with power supply unit

(PSU) redundancy.

When the hot spare feature is enabled, one of the redundant PSUs is switched to the sleep state. The active PSU supports 100 percent of the system load, thus operating at higher efficiency. The PSU in the sleep state monitors output voltage of the active

PSU. If the output voltage of the active PSU drops, the PSU in the sleep state returns to an active output state.

If having both PSUs active is more efficient than having one PSU in the sleep state, the active PSU can also activate the sleeping PSU.

The default PSU settings are as follows:

● If the load on the active PSU is more than 50 percent of PSU rated power wattage, then the redundant PSU is switched to the active state.

● If the load on the active PSU falls below 20 percent of PSU rated power wattage, then the redundant PSU is switched to the sleep state.

You can configure the hot spare feature by using the iDRAC settings. For more information, see the iDRAC User’s Guide available at www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals .

Installing and removing system components 197

Removing a power supply unit blank

Prerequisites

Follow the safety guidelines listed in the

Safety instructions

on page 26.

Steps

Pull the blank out of the system.

CAUTION: To ensure proper system cooling, the PSU blank must be installed in the second PSU bay in a non-redundant configuration. Remove the PSU blank only if you are installing a second PSU.

Next steps

1.

Replace the PSU blank

or PSU

.

Installing a power supply unit blank

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

NOTE: Install the power supply unit (PSU) blank only in the second PSU bay.

2.

remove the PSU .

Steps

Align the PSU blank with the PSU bay and push it into the PSU bay until it clicks into place.

Removing a power supply unit

Prerequisites

CAUTION: The system requires one power supply unit (PSU) for normal operation. On power-redundant systems, remove and replace only one PSU at a time in a system that is powered on.

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Disconnect the power cable from the power outlet and from the PSU you intend to remove.

3. Remove the cable from the strap on the PSU handle.

4. Unlatch and lift or remove the optional cable management accessory if it interferes with the PSU removal.

For information about the cable management when the PSU is removed or installed while the system is in a rack, see the system’s cable management arm documentation at https://www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals .

Steps

Press the release latch, and holding the PSU handle slide the PSU out of the PSU bay.

198 Installing and removing system components

Figure 144. Removing a power supply unit

Next steps

1.

Replace the PSU

or

install the PSU blank

.

Installing a power supply unit

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. For systems that support redundant PSU, ensure that both the PSUs are of the same type and have the same maximum output power.

NOTE: The maximum output power (shown in watts) is listed on the PSU label.

3.

Remove the PSU blank

.

Steps

Slide the PSU into the PSU bay until the release latch snaps into place.

Installing and removing system components 199

Figure 145. Installing a power supply unit

Next steps

1. If you have unlatched or removed the cable management accessory, re-install or relatch it. For information about the cable management when the PSU is removed or installed while the system is in the rack, see the system’s cable management accessory documentation at https://www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals .

2. Connect the power cable to the PSU, and plug the cable into a power outlet.

CAUTION: When connecting the power cable to the PSU, secure the cable to the PSU with the strap.

NOTE: When installing, hot swapping, or hot adding a new PSU, wait for 15 seconds for the system to recognize the

PSU and determine its status. The PSU redundancy may not occur until discovery is complete. The PSU status indicator turns green to indicate that the PSU is functioning properly.

Trusted Platform Module

Upgrading the Trusted Platform Module

Prerequisites

NOTE:

● Ensure that your operating system supports the version of the TPM module being installed.

● Ensure that you download and install the latest BIOS firmware on your system.

● Ensure that the BIOS is configured to enable UEFI boot mode.

About this task

CAUTION: Once the TPM plug-in module is installed, it is cryptographically bound to that specific system board.

Any attempt to remove an installed TPM plug-in module breaks the cryptographic binding, the removed TPM cannot be reinstalled or installed on another system board.

Removing the TPM

Steps

1. Locate the TPM connector on the system board.

200 Installing and removing system components

2. Press to hold the module down and remove the screw using the security Torx 8-bit shipped with the TPM module.

3. Slide the TPM module out from its connector.

4. Push the plastic rivet away from the TPM connector and rotate it 90° counterclockwise to release it from the system board.

5. Pull the plastic rivet out of its slot on the system board.

Installing the TPM

Steps

1. To install the TPM, align the edge connectors on the TPM with the slot on the TPM connector.

2. Insert the TPM into the TPM connector such that the plastic rivet aligns with the slot on the system board.

3. Press the plastic rivet until the rivet snaps into place.

4. Replace the screw that secures the TPM to the system board.

Figure 146. Installing the TPM

Initializing TPM for users

Steps

1. Initialize the TPM.

For more information, see

Initializing the TPM for users

.

2. The TPM Status changes to Enabled, Activated .

Initializing the TPM 1.2 for users

Steps

1. While booting your system, press F2 to enter System Setup.

2. On the System Setup Main Menu screen, click System BIOS > System Security Settings .

3. From the TPM Security option, select On with Preboot Measurements .

4. From the TPM Command option, select Activate .

5. Save the settings.

6. Restart your system.

Initializing the TPM 2.0 for users

Steps

1. While booting your system, press F2 to enter System Setup.

2. On the System Setup Main Menu screen, click System BIOS > System Security Settings .

Installing and removing system components 201

3. From the TPM Security option, select On .

4. Save the settings.

5. Restart your system.

System board

Removing the system board

Prerequisites

CAUTION: If you are using the Trusted Platform Module (TPM) with an encryption key, you may be prompted to create a recovery key during program or System Setup. Be sure to create and safely store this recovery key.

If you replace this system board, you must supply the recovery key when you restart your system or program before you can access the encrypted data on your drives.

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. Remove the following components: a.

Air shroud (if installed) .

b.

Cooling fan cage assembly .

c.

Heat sink

.

d.

Processor .

e.

Memory modules

.

f.

Expansion card risers

.

g.

IDSDM module (if installed) .

h.

Internal USB card (if installed)

.

i.

OCP card (if installed) .

j.

Power supply units (PSU)

.

k.

Rear drive cage .

l.

Disconnect all cables from the system board.

CAUTION: Take care not to damage the system identification button while removing the system board from the system.

Steps

1. Using the system board holder and plunger, slide the system board towards the front of the system.

2. Lift the system board out of the chassis.

202 Installing and removing system components

Figure 147. Removing the system board

Next steps

1.

Install the system board

.

Installing the system board

Prerequisites

NOTE: Before replacing the system board, replace the old iDRAC MAC address label in the Information tag with the iDRAC

MAC address label of the replacement system board

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3. If you are replacing the system board, remove all the components that are listed in the removing the system board section.

Steps

1. Unpack the new system board assembly.

CAUTION: Do not lift the system board by holding a memory module, processor, or other components.

CAUTION: Take care not to damage the system identification button while placing the system board into the chassis.

2. Holding the system board holder and plunger, lower the system board into the system.

3. Slide the system board towards the rear of the chassis until the connectors are firmly seated in the slots.

Installing and removing system components 203

Figure 148. Installing the system board

Next steps

1. Replace the following components: a.

Trusted Platform Module (TPM) .

NOTE: The TPM Module must be replaced only while installing new system board.

b.

IDSDM module (if installed) .

c.

Internal USB card (if installed)

.

d.

Power supply units (PSU)

.

e.

OCP card (if installed) .

f.

Processor .

g.

Heat sink

.

h.

Memory modules

.

i.

Cooling fan cage assembly .

j.

Air shroud (if installed) .

k.

Rear drive cage .

2. Reconnect all cables to the system board.

NOTE: Ensure that the cables inside the system are routed along the chassis wall and secured using the cable securing bracket.

3. Ensure that you perform the following steps: a. Use the Easy Restore feature to restore the Service Tag. See the

Restoring the system by using the Easy Restore feature section.

b. If the service tag is not backed up in the backup flash device, enter the system service tag manually. See the

Manually update the Service Tag by using System Setup section.

c. Update the BIOS and iDRAC versions.

Reenable the Trusted Platform Module (TPM). See the

Upgrading the Trusted Platform Module section.

4. If you are not using Easy restore, import your new or existing iDRAC Enterprise license. For more information, see the iDRAC

User's Guide available at https://www.dell.com/idracmanuals .

5. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Restoring Service Tag using Easy Restore

The Easy Restore feature allows you to restore your Service Tag, iDRAC license, UEFI configuration, and the system configuration data after replacing the system board. All data is backed up in a backup Flash drive device automatically. If

204 Installing and removing system components

BIOS detects a new system board, and the Service Tag in the backup Flash drive device is different, BIOS prompts the user to restore the backup information.

About this task

Below is a list of options available:

1. Restore the Service Tag, license, and diagnostics information, press Y.

2. Go to the Lifecycle Controller based restore options, press N.

3. Restore data from a previously created Hardware Server Profile , press F10.

NOTE: When the restore process is complete, BIOS prompts to restore the system configuration data.

4. To restore the system configuration data, press Y

5. To use the default configuration settings, press N

NOTE: After the restore process is complete, system reboots.

NOTE: If restoring the Service Tag is successful, you can check the Service Tag information in the System Information screen and compare it with the Service Tag on the system.

Manually updating Service Tag

After replacing a system board, if Easy Restore fails, follow this process to manually enter the Service Tag, using System

Setup .

About this task

If you know the system Service Tag, use the System Setup menu to enter the Service Tag.

Steps

1. Turn on the system.

2. To enter the System Setup , press F2 .

3. Click Service Tag Settings .

4. Enter the Service Tag.

NOTE: You can enter the Service Tag only when the Service Tag field is empty. Ensure that you enter the correct

Service Tag. After the Service Tag is entered, it cannot be updated or changed.

5. Click OK .

LOM card and rear I/O board

Removing the LOM card and rear I/O board

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the system board .

Steps

1. Using a Phillips # 2 screwdriver, remove the screws that secure the LAN on Motherboard (LOM) card and rear I/O board to the system board.

2. Holding the edges, pull the LOM card or rear I/O board to disconnect from the connector on the system board.

Installing and removing system components 205

Figure 149. Removing the LOM card and rear I/O board

Next steps

1.

Replace the LOM card and rear I/O board .

Installing the LOM card and rear I/O board

Prerequisites

1. Follow the safety guidelines listed in the Safety instructions

on page 26.

2. Follow the procedure listed in the

Before working inside your system on page 27.

3.

Remove the system board .

Steps

1. Align the connectors and slots on the LOM card or rear I/O board with the connector and standoffs on the system board.

2. Press the LOM card or rear I/O board until firmly seated on the system board connector.

3. Using a Phillips #2 screwdriver, secure the LOM card or rear I/O board to the system board with screws.

206 Installing and removing system components

Figure 150. Installing the LOM card and rear I/O board

Next steps

1.

Install the system board

.

2. Follow the procedure listed in

After working inside your system

on page 27.

Installing and removing system components 207

5

Upgrade Kits

The table lists the available After Point Of Sale [APOS] kits.

Table 41. Upgrade kits

Kits

Bezel

Part number Related links to service instructions

JYPW8/MPW3H (LCD)

See Installing the front bezel

See Installing the M.2 SSD module

Boss

BOSS S2

Embedded management (IDSDM) C2KCJ

GPU

See

See

See

Installing the BOSS S2 controller card module

IDSDM kit

GPU kit

Accelerator enablement kit

Hard drives

Hard drives SSD

Memory

Network cards (Standard PCIe adapter LP/FH)

Network cards (OCP)

PCIe SSD card

Power cords

Power supplies

Quick sync C70VC (PE) / 8XK5Y

(OEM)

SD cards

TPM JD9CH

Processor enablement thermal kits TVMK2/C82YT/8T3V2/

JWDV5/NP3NR

Internal USB 3.0 card C19XC

Serial COM port daughter card 626YT

See GPU kit

See Installing the drive

See Installing the drive into the carrier

See Installing a memory module

See Installing the LOM card and rear I/O board

See Installing the OCP card

See Installing an expansion card into the expansion card riser

See Installing a power supply unit

See Installing the MicroSD card

See Upgrading the Trusted Platform Module

See Installing the processor

See Internal USB card kit

See Installing the serial COM port

Topics:

BOSS S2 kit

GPU kit

IDSDM kit

Internal USB card kit

Serial COM port kit

BOSS S2 kit

The BOSS S2 supports up to two M.2 SSDs.

208 Upgrade Kits

NOTE: To enable the BOSS S2 in the system, ensure that the BIOS firmware version is 1.5.5 and iDRAC firmware version is

4.30.30.30 or later.

Before you begin the installation or removal process, follow the

safety guidelines

and

before working inside the system

instructions.

Table 42. BOSS S2 kit components

R7525 (quantity)

NA

1

1

1

1

2

1

1

1 or 2*

1 or 2*

2

Components in kit

BOSS cover

M3 x 0.05 x 4.5 mm screws

BOSS signal cable

BOSS power cable

BOSS-S2 controller card module

BOSS-S2 card carrier

M.2 SSD

M.2 240 GB information label

M.2 480 GB information label

BOSS card filler

Tech sheet

To remove the BOSS blank :

1. Power off the system and remove the system cover

.

2. Use a screwdriver to push out the BOSS blank from inside of the BOSS S2 controller card module slot.

Figure 151. Removing the BOSS blank

To install the BOSS blank:

1. Power off the system and remove the system cover

.

2. Align the BOSS blank at an angle with the BOSS S2 controller card module slot.

3. Slot the BOSS blank into the BOSS S2 controller card module slot until it is firmly seated.

Upgrade Kits 209

Figure 152. Installing the BOSS blank

To install the BOSS S2 controller card module:

1. Install the BOSS S2 controller card. To install the BOSS S2 controller card, see

installing the BOSS S2 controller card module

steps 1 to 4.

2. Install the M.2 SSD. To install the M.2 SSD, see

installing the BOSS S2 controller card module

steps 5 to 9.

NOTE: Installing the BOSS S2 card carrier does not require the system to be powered off. System shutdown is only required when installing the BOSS S2 controller card module.

NOTE: Connect the BOSS signal cable and BOSS power cable after inserting the BOSS S2 controller card module into the system.

To remove the BOSS S2 controller card module:

1. Power off the system and remove the system cover

.

2. Remove the M.2 SSD. To remove the M.2 SSD, see

removing the BOSS S2 controller card module

steps 1 to 4.

3. Remove the BOSS S2 controller card module. To remove the BOSS S2 controller card module, see

removing the BOSS S2 controller card module steps 5 to 6.

4. Install the BOSS blank

NOTE: Removal of the BOSS S2 card carrier does not require the system to be powered off. System shutdown is only required when removing the BOSS S2 controller card module.

NOTE: Disconnect the BOSS signal cable and the BOSS power cable before lifting the controller card module from the system.

210 Upgrade Kits

GPU kit

WARNING: Consumer-Grade GPU should not be installed or used in the Enterprise Server products.

The GPU FL kit, HL kit, and the GPU power cable kit are three different kits available for the Customer. Depending on the kit ordered, the respective components are available.

Table 43. GPU kit components

Components GPU FL kit GPU HL kit GPU Power cable kit

Risers

Shroud

Fans

Quantity

Configuration 3 3 x FL riser

(R1A, R3A,

R4A) +1 x HL riser (R2A) OR

4 HL risers

(R1A, R2A,

R3A, R4A)

GPU shroud

High performance

(silver grade) fans or highperformance

(gold grade) fans

1

6

GPU shroud

High performance

(silver grade) fans or high performance

(gold grade) fans

Heat sinks

Cables

L-type: heat sink (DFR7M) for processor 1 and heat sink

(C0GMT) for processor 2

Power and

XGMI cable

Foam Mylar foam

FL - Full Length, HL - Half Length

1

2

3 x (6+2)-pin power cables, 3 x 8-pin power cables, 1 x

XGMI cable

L-type: heat sink (DFR7M) for processor 1 and heat sink

(C0GMT) for processor 2

XGMI cable

Mylar foam

Quantity

Configuration 6 6 x HL risers

(R1A/R1C,

R2A, R3A,

R4A/R4C)

1

6

2

1 x XGMI cable

1

Power cables

Quantity

3 x (6+2)-pin power cables, 3 x

8-pin power cables

You may not need all the components in the kit for GPU installation. For information about riser configurations, see the

expansion card installation guidelines

section.

NOTE: XGMI cable might be installed in the system, if not available install the XGMI cable from the kit for better performance of the system with GPUs installed. See the connect the XGMI cable section to know how to connect the

XGMI cable.

NOTE: Verify that there is a balanced memory configuration and that all memory channels are populated evenly with memory. At a minimum the first DIMM in each memory channel (white tab) should be populated evenly with memory.

Before you begin, follow the safefy guidelines

and before working inside the system

instructions.

1.

Remove the standard cooling fans

and install the

High performance (silver grade) fan or high-performance (gold grade) fan cooling fans

.

See the cooling fan and foam requirement matrix for the cooling fan and foam requirement for different configurations. You can see www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals topic to identify the fans types.

Upgrade Kits 211

Table 44. Cooling fan and foam requirement matrix

System configuration

No backplane

Cooling fan

High performance (silver grade) fan

8 x 2.5-inch NVMe

16 x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA

16 x 2.5-inch SAS/SATA + 8 NVMe

16 x 2.5-inch NVMe

8 x 3.5-inch SAS/SATA

High performance (silver grade) fan

High performance (silver grade) fan

High-performance (gold grade) fan

High-performance (gold grade) fan

High performance (silver grade) fan

Foam requirement

Not required

Not required

Not required

Required

Required

Required

NOTE: 12 x 3.5-inch and 24 x 2.5-inch NVMe system does not support GPU/FPGA card.

2.

Remove the heat sink

and

install the required L-type heat sink

.

NOTE: All GPU/FPGA cards require L-type heat sink and GPU shroud, irrespective of the length.

3.

Remove the air shroud

and

install the GPU air shroud

.

4.

Remove the GPU air shroud top cover

.

NOTE: The GPU air shroud top cover is part of the GPU air shroud.

5.

Install the GPU

.

See the riser and GPU slot configuration table to know about the slots for the GPU installation.

Table 45. Riser and GPU slot configuration

Riser Riser slots Processor

Riser 1 Slot 1 Processor 1

System riser configuration

Configuration 3

Riser 2

Slot 2

Slot 3

Slot 6

Slot 5

Processor 1

Processor 1

Processor 2

Configuration 6

Configuration 3 or 6

Processor 2 Configuration 3 Riser 3

Riser 4 Slot 7

Slot 8

Processor 2

Configuration 6

Configuration 3

Configuration 6

FH - Full Height, FL - Full Length, HH - Half Height, HL - Half Length

Riser/card type

R1A - FH/FL or HL

R1C - FH/HL

R2A - HH/HL

R3A - FH/FL or HL

R3A - FH/HL

R4A - FH/FL or HL

R4C - FH/HL

GPU slots

2

1, 2

3, 6

5

7

7, 8

NOTE: For information about riser slot location on the system board, see the

System board jumpers and connectors

topic.

6. If applicable, connect the power cables to the GPU. To know the connectors for GPU on the system board, see the

System board jumpers and connectors topic.

See the GPU power cable matrix to know about the requirement of cable for the GPU.

Table 46. GPU power cable matrix

Category Description

GPU CRD,GRPHC,NVIDIA,

T4,16GB,70W,L

Type

HH and HL

GPU FH and FL

GPU

CRD,GRPHC,32GB,2

25W,M10,PASSIV

CRD,GRPHC,16GB,2

50W,V100,FF3.0

FH and FL

Vendor

NVIDIA

NVIDIA

NVIDIA

Cable

Not required

6 + 2 pin cable

8 pin cable

Cable quantity

Not required

1 piece per GPU riser

1 piece per GPU riser

212 Upgrade Kits

Table 46. GPU power cable matrix (continued)

Category Description

GPU CRD,GRPHC,32GB,2

50W,V100S,PCIE

Type

FH and FL

Vendor

NVIDIA

GPU

GPU

CRD,GRPHC,NVIDIA,

24GB,RTX6000

FH and FL

CRD,GRPHC,NVIDIA,

48GB,RTX8000

FH and FL

NVIDIA

NVIDIA

FPGA Xilinx Snow White

Card

FH and FL Xilinx

HH - Half Height, HL - Half Length, FH - Full Height, FL - Full Length

Cable

8 pin cable

8 pin cable

8 pin cable

6 + 2 pin cable

Cable quantity

1 piece per GPU riser

1 piece per GPU riser

1 piece per GPU riser

1 piece per GPU riser

NOTE: Maximum of three full length GPUs with power cables or a maximum of six half lengths GPUs are supported in a system.

7. To connect the XGMI cable, a. Connect the MB_SL1 and MB_SL2 connectors on the XGMI cable to the J_SL1 and J_SL2 connectors on the system board.

b. Twist the cable to 180 degrees to connect the MB_SL3 and MB_SL4 to the J_SL3 and J_SL4 connectors on the system board.

c. Install the cable tie and tighten to fix the cables.

d. To know the XGMI cable connectors on the system board, see the System board jumpers and connectors topic.

8.

Install the full length expansion card riser

or

half height expansion card riser

. See GPU kit components table for supported

GPU risers.

9.

Install the GPU air shroud top cover .

10. Install the foam on the system cover. To install the foam, a. Place the system cover with the System Information Lable (SIL) side facing up.

b. For easier handling, peel off a small section of the adhesive cover and align the foam with the system cover.

c. Remove rest of the adhesive cover, and install foam on the system cover.

d. Press along the length of the foam to ensure that it is firmly affixed to the system cover.

Upgrade Kits 213

Figure 153. Installing Mylar foam on the system cover

After installing, follow the after working inside the system

instructions.

214 Upgrade Kits

IDSDM kit

The IDSDM kit contains one IDSDM card. For installation procedure of IDSDM, see

installing the IDSDM module section.

NOTE: Ensure to install the IDSDM module in the IDSDM/USB card port and not in the J_R3_PCIE_PWR connector port.

Figure 154. IDSDM port information

Upgrade Kits 215

Internal USB card kit

The internal USB card kit contains one internal USB card. For installation of internal USB card, see

installing the internal USB card

section.

NOTE: Ensure to install the internal USB card in the IDSDM/USB card port and not in the J_R3_PCIE_PWR connector port.

Figure 155. Internal USB card port information

Serial COM port kit

The serial COM port kit contains the components listed in the table.

Table 47. Serial COM port kit

Components

Werial COM port card

Cable

Quantity

1

1

For installation procedure of the serial COM port, see www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals in the serial COM port section.

216 Upgrade Kits

6

Jumpers and connectors

This section provides essential and specific information about jumpers and switches. It also describes the connectors on the various boards in the system. Jumpers on the system board help to disable the system and reset the passwords. To install components and cables correctly, you must be able to identify the connectors on the system board.

Topics:

System board connectors

System board jumper settings

Disabling a forgotten password

System board connectors

Figure 156. System board jumpers and connectors

Table 48. System board jumpers and connectors

Item

1.

Connector

SL5_CPU2_PA4_SA1

Description

PCIe/NVMe/SATA connector 5

Jumpers and connectors 217

29.

30.

31.

26.

27.

28.

32.

33.

34.

35.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

7.

8.

9.

3.

4.

5.

6.

Table 48. System board jumpers and connectors (continued)

Item

2.

Connector

IO_RISER4 (CPU2)

SL6_CPU2_PB4

IO_RISER3 (CPU2)

SIG_PWR_3

J_R3_PCIE_PWR

Rear I/O connector

Coin cell battery

IO_RISER2_A (CPU1)

IO_RISER2_B (CPU2)

OCP NIC 3.0 connector

J_TPM

SIG_PWR_0 (Rear BP)

LOM connector

IDSDM/Internal USB connector

SIG_PWR_4

MB_FRONT_VIDEO

SL8_CPU1_PA2

IO_RISER1 (CPU1)

SL7_CPU1_PB2

BOSS_CARD_PWR

PWRD_EN

RGT_CP

FAN_2U6

NVRAM_CLR

A16, A8, A15, A7, A14, A4, A13, A3

FAN2U5

SIG_PWR_2

CPU1

FAN_2U4_1U5/6

SL4_CPU1_PA1_XA1

A1, A9, A2, A10, A5, A11, A6, A12

SIG_PWR_1

SL3_CPU1_PB1_XB1

SL2_CPU2_PA3_XA2

FAN_2U3

Description

Riser 4

PCIe/NVMe connector 6

Riser 3

GPU power

Riser 3 power connector

Rear I/O connector

Coin cell battery

Riser 2

OCP NIC 3.0 connector

TPM

Backplane signal and power

LOM connector

IDSDM/Internal USB connector

GPU power

Front VGA

PCIe/NVMe connector 8

Riser 1

PCIe/NVMe connector 7

BOSS card power

PWRD_EN(Jumpers)

Right control panel

Fan 6

NVRAM_CLR(Jumpers)

DIMMs for processor 1 channels E, F, G,

H

Fan 5

Backplane signal and power

Processor 1

Fan 4

XGMI/NVMe connector 4

DIMMs for processor 1 channels A, B, C,

D

Backplane signal and power

XGMI/NVMe connector 3

XGMI/NVMe connector 2

Fan 3

218 Jumpers and connectors

Table 48. System board jumpers and connectors (continued)

Item

36.

Connector

B16, B8, B15, B7, B14, B4, B13, B3

37.

38.

39.

40.

41.

42 .

SL1_CPU2_PB3_XB2

FAN_2U2

CPU2

FAN_2U1_1U1/2

B1, B9, B2, B10, B5, B11, B6, B12

LFT_CP

Description

DIMMs for processor 2 channels E, F, G,

H

XGMI/NVMe connector 1

Fan 2

Processor 2

Fan 1

DIMMs for processor 2 channels A, B, C,

D

Left control panel

System board jumper settings

For information about resetting the password jumper to disable a password, see the Disabling a forgotten password

section.

Table 49. System board jumper settings

Jumper

PWRD_EN

Setting Description

The BIOS password feature is enabled.

NVRAM_CLR

The BIOS password feature is disabled. The BIOS password is now disabled and you are not allowed to set a new password.

The BIOS configuration settings are retained at system boot.

The BIOS configuration settings are cleared at system boot.

CAUTION: Be careful when changing the BIOS settings. The BIOS interface is designed for advanced users. Any change in the setting could prevent your system from starting correctly and you might have potential loss of data.

Disabling a forgotten password

The software security features of the system include a system password and a setup password. The password jumper enables or disables password features and clears any password(s) currently in use.

Prerequisites

CAUTION: Many repairs may only be done by a certified service technician. You should only perform troubleshooting and simple repairs as authorized in your product documentation, or as directed by the online or telephone service and support team. Damage due to servicing that is not authorized by Dell is not covered by your warranty. Read and follow the safety instructions that are shipped with your product.

Steps

1. Power off the system, and all the attached peripherals, and disconnect the system from the electrical outlet.

2. Remove the system cover.

3. Move the jumper on the system board from pins 2 and 4 to pins 4 and 6.

4. Replace the system cover.

Jumpers and connectors 219

NOTE: The existing passwords are not disabled (erased) until the system boots with the jumper on pins 4 and 6.

However, before you assign a new system and/or setup password, you must move the jumper back to pins 2 and 4.

NOTE: If you assign a new system and/or setup password with the jumper on pins 4 and 6, the system disables the new password(s) the next time it boots.

5. Reconnect the system and all the attached peripherals.

6. Power off the system.

7. Remove the system cover.

8. Move the jumper on the system board from pins 4 and 6 to pins 2 and 4.

9. Replace the system cover.

10. Reconnect the system to the electrical outlet and power on the system, and all the attached peripherals.

11. Assign a new system and/or setup password.

220 Jumpers and connectors

7

System diagnostics and indicator codes

This section describes the diagnostic indicators on the system front panel display system status during system startup.

Topics:

Status LED indicators

System health and system ID indicator codes

iDRAC Quick Sync 2 indicator codes

iDRAC Direct LED indicator codes

LCD panel

NIC indicator codes

Power supply unit indicator codes

Drive indicator codes

Using system diagnostics

Status LED indicators

NOTE: The indicators display solid amber if any error occurs.

Figure 157. Status LED indicators

Table 50. Status LED indicators and descriptions

Icon Description

Drive indicator

Temperature indicator

Condition

The indicator turns solid amber if there is a drive error.

The indicator turns solid amber if the system experiences a thermal error (for example, the ambient temperature is out of range or there is a fan failure).

Corrective action

● Check the System Event Log to determine if the drive has an error.

● Run the appropriate Online Diagnostics test.

Restart the system and run embedded diagnostics (ePSA).

● If the drives are configured in a RAID array, restart the system, and enter the host adapter configuration utility program.

Ensure that none of the following conditions exist:

● A cooling fan has been removed or has failed.

● System cover, air shroud, or back filler bracket is removed.

● Ambient temperature is too high.

● External airflow is obstructed.

If the problem persists, see the

Getting help

section.

System diagnostics and indicator codes 221

Table 50. Status LED indicators and descriptions (continued)

Icon Description

Electrical indicator

Condition

The indicator turns solid amber if the system experiences an electrical error (for example, voltage out of range, or a failed power supply unit (PSU) or voltage regulator).

Corrective action

Check the System Event Log or system messages for the specific issue. If it is due to a problem with the PSU, check the LED on the PSU. Reseat the

PSU.

If the problem persists, see the

Getting help

section.

Memory indicator The indicator turns solid amber if a memory error occurs.

Check the System Event Log or system messages for the location of the failed memory. Reseat the memory module.

If the problem persists, see the

Getting help

section.

PCIe indicator The indicator turns solid amber if a

PCIe card experiences an error.

Restart the system. Update any required drivers for the PCIe card. Reinstall the card.

If the problem persists, see the

Getting help

section.

NOTE: For more information about the supported PCIe cards, see the Expansion card installation guidelines section.

System health and system ID indicator codes

The system health and system ID indicator is located on the left control panel of the system.

Figure 158. System health and system ID indicator

Table 51. System health and system ID indicator codes

System health and system ID indicator code

Solid blue

Condition

Blinking blue

Solid amber

Blinking amber

Indicates that the system is powered on, is healthy, and system ID mode is not active.

Press the system health and system ID button to switch to system ID mode.

Indicates that the system ID mode is active. Press the system health and system ID button to switch to system health mode.

Indicates that the system is in fail-safe mode. If the problem persists, see the Getting help section.

Indicates that the system is experiencing a fault. Check the System Event Log for specific error messages. For information about the event and error messages generated by the system firmware and agents that monitor system components, go to qrl.dell.com

> Look Up > Error Code , type the error code, and then click Look it up .

222 System diagnostics and indicator codes

iDRAC Quick Sync 2 indicator codes

iDRAC Quick Sync 2 module (optional) is located on the left control panel of the system.

Table 52. iDRAC Quick Sync 2 indicators and descriptions iDRAC Quick Sync 2 indicator code

Off (default state)

Condition

Indicates that the iDRAC Quick Sync 2 feature is powered off. Press the iDRAC

Quick Sync 2 button to power on the iDRAC Quick Sync 2 feature.

Solid white

Blinks white rapidly

Indicates that iDRAC Quick Sync 2 is ready to communicate. Press the iDRAC

Quick Sync 2 button to power off.

Indicates data transfer activity.

Corrective action

If the LED fails to power on, reseat the left control panel flex cable and check. If the problem persists, see the

Getting help section.

If the LED fails to power off, restart the system.

If the problem persists, see the Getting help

section.

If the indicator continues to blink indefinitely, see

the Getting help

section.

Blinks white slowly Indicates that firmware update is in progress.

Blinks white five times rapidly and then powers off

Solid amber

Blinking amber

Indicates that the iDRAC Quick Sync 2 feature is disabled.

Indicates that the system is in fail-safe mode.

Indicates that the iDRAC Quick Sync 2 hardware is not responding properly.

If the indicator continues to blink indefinitely, see

the Getting help

section.

Check if iDRAC Quick Sync 2 feature is configured to be disabled by iDRAC. If the problem persists, see the

Getting help

section. www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals or Dell

OpenManage Server Administrator User’s Guide at https://www.dell.com/openmanagemanuals .

Restart the system. If the problem persists, see

the Getting help

section.

Restart the system. If the problem persists, see

the Getting help

section.

iDRAC Direct LED indicator codes

The iDRAC Direct LED indicator lights up to indicate that the port is connected and is being used as a part of the iDRAC subsystem.

You can configure iDRAC Direct by using a USB to micro USB (type AB) cable, which you can connect to your laptop or tablet. Cable length should not exceed 3 feet (0.91 meters). Performance could be affected by cable quality. The following table describes iDRAC Direct activity when the iDRAC Direct port is active:

Table 53. iDRAC Direct LED indicator codes iDRAC Direct LED indicator code

Solid green for two seconds

Blinking green (on for two seconds and off for two seconds)

Powers off

Condition

Indicates that the laptop or tablet is connected.

Indicates that the laptop or tablet connected is recognized.

Indicates that the laptop or tablet is unplugged.

System diagnostics and indicator codes 223

LCD panel

The LCD panel provides system information, status, and error messages to indicate if the system is functioning correctly or requires attention. The LCD panel is used to configure or view the iDRAC IP address of the system. For information about the event and error messages generated by the system firmware and agents that monitor system components, go to qrl.dell.com

>

Look Up > Error Code , type the error code, and then click Look it up ..

The LCD panel is available only on the optional front bezel. The optional front bezel is hot pluggable.

The status and conditions of the LCD panel are outlined here:

● The LCD backlight is white during normal operating conditions.

● If there is an issue, the LCD backlight turns amber and displays an error code followed by descriptive text.

NOTE: If the system is connected to a power source and an error is detected, the LCD turns amber regardless of whether the system is powered on or off.

● When the system powers off and there are no errors, the LCD enters the standby mode after five minutes of inactivity.

Press any button on the LCD to power it on.

● If the LCD panel stops responding, remove the bezel and reinstall it.

If the problem persists, see Getting help

.

● The LCD backlight remains off if LCD messaging is powered off using the iDRAC utility, the LCD panel, or other tools.

Figure 159. LCD panel features

Table 54. LCD panel features

Item Button or display

1 Left

Description

Moves the cursor back in one-step increments.

2

3

Select

Right

Selects the menu item highlighted by the cursor.

Moves the cursor forward in one-step increments.

During message scrolling:

● Press and hold the right button to increase scrolling speed.

● Release the button to stop.

NOTE: The display stops scrolling when the button is released. After 45 seconds of inactivity, the display starts scrolling.

4 LCD display Displays the system information, status, and error messages or iDRAC IP address.

Viewing Home screen

The Home screen displays user-configurable information about the system. This screen is displayed during normal system operation when there are no status messages or errors. When the system turns off and there are no errors, LCD enters the standby mode after five minutes of inactivity. Press any button on the LCD to turn it on.

Steps

1. To view the Home screen, press one of the three navigation buttons (Select, Left, or Right).

2. To navigate to the Home screen from another menu, complete the following steps: a. Press and hold the navigation button till the up arrow is displayed.

b. Navigate to the Home icon using the up arrow .

224 System diagnostics and indicator codes

c. Select the Home icon.

d. On the Home screen, press the Select button to enter the main menu.

Setup menu

NOTE: When you select an option in the Setup menu, you must confirm the option before proceeding to the next action.

Table 55. Setup menu

Option Description iDRAC

Set error

Select DHCP or Static IP to configure the network mode. If Static IP is selected, the available fields are IP , Subnet (Sub) , and Gateway (Gtw) . Select Setup DNS to enable DNS and to view domain addresses. Two separate DNS entries are available.

Select SEL to view LCD error messages in a format that matches the IPMI description in the SEL. This enables you to match an LCD message with an SEL entry.

Select Simple to view LCD error messages in a simplified user-friendly description. For information about the event and error messages generated by the system firmware and agents that monitor system components, go to qrl.dell.com

>

Look Up > Error Code , type the error code, and then click

Look it up ..

Set home Select the default information to be displayed on the Home screen. See View menu section for the options and option items that can be set as the default on the Home screen.

View menu

NOTE: When you select an option in the View menu, you must confirm the option before proceeding to the next action.

Table 56. View menu

Option iDRAC IP

MAC

Name

Number

Power

Temperature

Description

Displays the IPv4 or IPv6 addresses for iDRAC9. Addresses include DNS ( Primary and

Secondary ), Gateway , IP , and Subnet (IPv6 does not have Subnet).

Displays the MAC addresses for iDRAC , iSCSI , or Network devices.

Displays the name of the Host , Model , or User String for the system.

Displays the Asset tag or the Service tag for the system.

Displays the power output of the system in BTU/hr or Watts. The display format can be configured in the Set home submenu of the Setup menu.

Displays the temperature of the system in Celsius or Fahrenheit. The display format can be configured in the Set home submenu of the Setup menu.

System diagnostics and indicator codes 225

NIC indicator codes

Each NIC on the back of the system has indicators that provide information about the activity and link status. The activity LED indicator indicates if data is flowing through the NIC, and the link LED indicator indicates the speed of the connected network.

Figure 160. NIC indicator codes

1. Link LED indicator

2. Activity LED indicator

Table 57. NIC indicator codes

NIC indicator codes

Link and activity indicators are off.

Link indicator is green, and activity indicator is blinking green.

Indicates that the NIC is not connected to the network.

Indicates that the NIC is connected to a valid network at its maximum port speed, and data is being sent or received.

Link indicator is amber, and activity indicator is blinking green.

Indicates that the NIC is connected to a valid network at less than its maximum port speed, and data is being sent or received.

Link indicator is green, and activity indicator is off.

Link indicator is amber, and activity indicator is off.

Link indicator is blinking green, and activity is off.

Condition

Indicates that the NIC is connected to a valid network at its maximum port speed, and data is not being sent or received.

Indicates that the NIC is connected to a valid network at less than its maximum port speed, and data is mot being sent or received.

Indicates that the NIC identify is enabled through the NIC configuration utility.

Power supply unit indicator codes

AC power supply units (PSUs) have an illuminated translucent handle that serves as an indicator. The indicator shows if power is present or if a power fault has occurred.

Figure 161. AC PSU status indicator

1. AC PSU handle

2. Socket

3. Release latch

226 System diagnostics and indicator codes

Table 58. AC PSU status indicator codes

Power indicator codes

Green

Blinking amber

Not powered on

Blinking green

Blinking green and powers off

Table 59. DC PSU status indicator codes

Power indicator codes

Green

Blinking amber

Not powered on

Blinking green

Condition

Indicates that a valid power source is connected to the PSU and the PSU is operational.

Indicates an issue with the PSU.

Indicates that the power is not connected to the PSU.

Indicates that the firmware of the PSU is being updated.

CAUTION: Do not disconnect the power cord or unplug the PSU when updating firmware. If firmware update is interrupted, the PSUs do not function.

When hot-plugging a PSU, it blinks green five times at a rate of 4 Hz and powers off. This indicates a PSU mismatch due to efficiency, feature set, health status, or supported voltage.

CAUTION: If two PSUs are installed, both the PSUs must have the same type of label; for example,

Extended Power Performance (EPP) label. Mixing

PSUs from previous generations of PowerEdge servers is not supported, even if the PSUs have the same power rating. This results in a PSU mismatch condition or failure to power on the system.

CAUTION: If two PSUs are used, they must be of the same type and have the same maximum output power.

CAUTION: When correcting a PSU mismatch, replace the PSU with the blinking indicator. Swapping the

PSU to make a matched pair can result in an error condition and an unexpected system shutdown. To change from a high output configuration to a low output configuration or vice versa, you must power off the system.

CAUTION: AC PSUs support both 240 V and 120

V input voltages. When two identical PSUs receive different input voltages, they may output different wattages, and trigger a mismatch.

Condition

Indicates that a valid power source is connected to the PSU, and the PSU is operational.

Indicates an issue with the PSU.

Indicates that the power is not connected to the PSU.

When hot-plugging a PSU, it blinks green five times at a rate of 4 Hz and powers off. This indicates a PSU mismatch due to efficiency, feature set, health status, or supported voltage.

CAUTION: If two PSUs are installed, both the PSUs must have the same type of label; for example,

Extended Power Performance (EPP) label. Mixing

PSUs from previous generations of PowerEdge servers is not supported, even if the PSUs have the same power rating. This results in a PSU mismatch condition, or failure to power on the system.

System diagnostics and indicator codes 227

Table 59. DC PSU status indicator codes (continued)

Power indicator codes Condition

CAUTION: If two PSUs are used, they must be of the same type and have the same maximum output power.

CAUTION: When correcting a PSU mismatch, replace the PSU with the blinking indicator. Swapping the

PSU to make a matched pair can result in an error condition and an unexpected system shutdown. To change from a High Output configuration to a Low

Output configuration or conversely, you must power off the system.

CAUTION: Combining AC and DC PSUs is not supported.

Drive indicator codes

The LEDs on the drive carrier indicates the state of each drive. Each drive carrier has two LEDs: an activity LED (green) and a status LED (bicolor, green/amber). The activity LED blinks whenever the drive is accessed.

Figure 162. Drive indicators

1. Drive activity LED indicator

2. Drive status LED indicator

3. Drive capacity label

NOTE: If the drive is in the Advanced Host Controller Interface (AHCI) mode, the status LED indicator does not power on.

NOTE: Drive status indicator behavior is managed by Storage Spaces Direct. Not all drive status indicators may be used.

Table 60. Drive indicator codes

Drive status indicator code

Blinks green twice per second

Off

Blinks green, amber, and then powers off

Blinks amber four times per second

Blinks green slowly

Solid green

Blinks green for three seconds, amber for three seconds, and then powers off after six seconds

Condition

Indicates that the drive is being identified or preparing for removal.

Indicates that the drive is ready for removal.

NOTE: The drive status indicator remains off until all drives are initialized after the system is powered on. Drives are not ready for removal during this time.

Indicates that there is an expected drive failure.

Indicates that the drive has failed.

Indicates that the drive is rebuilding.

Indicates that the drive is online.

Indicates that the rebuild has stopped.

228 System diagnostics and indicator codes

Using system diagnostics

If you experience an issue with the system, run the system diagnostics before contacting Dell for technical assistance. The purpose of running system diagnostics is to test the system hardware without using additional equipment or risking data loss.

If you are unable to fix the issue yourself, service and support personnel can use the diagnostics results to help you solve the issue.

Dell Embedded System Diagnostics

NOTE: The Dell Embedded System Diagnostics is also known as Enhanced Pre-boot System Assessment (ePSA) diagnostics.

The Embedded System Diagnostics provide a set of options for particular device groups or devices allowing you to:

● Run tests automatically or in an interactive mode

● Repeat tests

● Display or save test results

● Run thorough tests to introduce additional test options to provide extra information about the failed device(s)

● View status messages that inform you if tests are completed successfully

● View error messages that inform you of issues encountered during testing

Running the Embedded System Diagnostics from the Dell Lifecycle

Controller

Steps

1. As the system boots, press F10.

2. Select Hardware Diagnostics → Run Hardware Diagnostics .

The ePSA Pre-boot System Assessment window is displayed, listing all devices detected in the system. The diagnostics starts executing the tests on all the detected devices.

Running the Embedded System Diagnostics from Boot Manager

Run the Embedded System Diagnostics (ePSA) if your system does not boot.

Steps

1. When the system is booting, press F11.

2. Use the up arrow and down arrow keys to select System Utilities > Launch Diagnostics .

3. Alternatively, when the system is booting, press F10, select Hardware Diagnostics > Run Hardware Diagnostics .

The ePSA Pre-boot System Assessment window is displayed, listing all devices detected in the system. The diagnostics starts executing the tests on all the detected devices.

Results

System diagnostic controls

Table 61. System diagnostic controls

Menu

Configuration

Results

System health

Description

Displays the configuration and status information of all detected devices.

Displays the results of all tests that are run.

Provides the current overview of the system performance.

System diagnostics and indicator codes 229

Table 61. System diagnostic controls (continued)

Menu

Event log

Description

Displays a time-stamped log of the results of all tests run on the system. This is displayed if at least one event description is recorded.

230 System diagnostics and indicator codes

8

Getting help

Topics:

Recycling or End-of-Life service information

Contacting Dell

Accessing system information by using QRL

Receiving automated support with SupportAssist

Recycling or End-of-Life service information

Take back and recycling services are offered for this product in certain countries. If you want to dispose of system components, visit www.dell.com/recyclingworldwide and select the relevant country.

Contacting Dell

Dell provides online and telephone based support and service options. If you do not have an active internet connection, you can find Dell contact information on your purchase invoice, packing slip, bill or Dell product catalog. The availability of services varies depending on the country and product, and some services may not be available in your area. To contact Dell for sales, technical assistance, or customer service issues:

Steps

1. Go to www.dell.com/support/home .

2. Select your country from the drop-down menu on the lower right corner of the page.

3. For customized support: a. Enter the system Service Tag in the Enter a Service Tag, Serial Number, Service Request, Model, or Keyword field.

b. Click Submit .

The support page that lists the various support categories is displayed.

4. For general support: a. Select your product category.

b. Select your product segment.

c. Select your product.

The support page that lists the various support categories is displayed.

5. For contact details of Dell Global Technical Support: a. Click Global Technical Support .

b. The Contact Technical Support page is displayed with details to call, chat, or e-mail the Dell Global Technical Support team.

Accessing system information by using QRL

You can use the Quick Resource Locator (QRL) located on the information tag in the of the R7525 system, to access information about Dell EMC PowerEdge R7525.

Prerequisites

Ensure that your smartphone or tablet has the QR code scanner installed.

The QRL includes the following information about your system:

Getting help 231

● How-to videos

● Reference materials, including the Installation and Service Manual, and mechanical overview

● The system service tag to quickly access the specific hardware configuration and warranty information

● A direct link to Dell to contact technical assistance and sales teams

Steps

1. Go to www.dell.com/qrl , and navigate to your specific product or

2. Use your smart phone or tablet to scan the model-specific Quick Resource (QR) code on your system or in the Quick

Resource Locator section.

Quick Resource Locator for PowerEdge R7525 system

Figure 163. Quick Resource Locator for PowerEdge R7525 system

Receiving automated support with SupportAssist

Dell EMC SupportAssist is an optional Dell EMC Services offering that automates technical support for your Dell EMC server, storage, and networking devices. By installing and setting up a SupportAssist application in your IT environment, you can receive the following benefits:

● Automated issue detection — SupportAssist monitors your Dell EMC devices and automatically detects hardware issues, both proactively and predictively.

● Automated case creation — When an issue is detected, SupportAssist automatically opens a support case with Dell EMC

Technical Support.

● Automated diagnostic collection — SupportAssist automatically collects system state information from your devices and uploads it securely to Dell EMC. This information is used by Dell EMC Technical Support to troubleshoot the issue.

● Proactive contact — A Dell EMC Technical Support agent contacts you about the support case and helps you resolve the issue.

The available benefits vary depending on the Dell EMC Service entitlement purchased for your device. For more information about SupportAssist, go to www.dell.com/supportassist .

232 Getting help

9

Documentation resources

This section provides information about the documentation resources for your system.

To view the document that is listed in the documentation resources table:

● From the Dell EMC support site:

1. Click the documentation link that is provided in the Location column in the table.

2. Click the required product or product version.

NOTE: To locate the product name and model, see the front of your system.

3. On the Product Support page, click Manuals & documents .

● Using search engines:

○ Type the name and version of the document in the search box.

Table 62. Additional documentation resources for your system

Task Document Location

Setting up your system

For more information about installing and securing the system into a rack, see the Rail Installation

Guide included with your rail solution.

www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals

For information about setting up your system, see the

Getting Started Guide document that is shipped with your system.

Configuring your system

For information about the iDRAC features, configuring and logging in to iDRAC, and managing your system remotely, see the

Integrated Dell Remote Access

Controller User's Guide.

For information about understanding Remote Access

Controller Admin (RACADM) subcommands and supported

RACADM interfaces, see the

RACADM CLI Guide for iDRAC.

For information about Redfish and its protocol, supported schema, and Redfish Eventing implemented in iDRAC, see the Redfish API

Guide.

For information about iDRAC property database group and object descriptions, see the

Attribute Registry Guide.

For information about Intel

QuickAssist Technology, see the

Integrated Dell Remote Access

Controller User's Guide.

www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals

Documentation resources 233

Table 62. Additional documentation resources for your system (continued)

Task Document

For information about earlier versions of the iDRAC documents.

Location www.dell.com/idracmanuals

To identify the version of iDRAC available on your system, on the iDRAC web interface, click

?

>

About .

Managing your system

For information about installing the operating system, see the operating system documentation.

For information about updating drivers and firmware, see the

Methods to download firmware and drivers section in this document.

For information about systems management software offered by

Dell, see the Dell OpenManage

Systems Management Overview

Guide.

For information about setting up, using, and troubleshooting

OpenManage, see the Dell

OpenManage Server Administrator

User’s Guide.

www.dell.com/ operatingsystemmanuals www.dell.com/support/drivers www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals www.dell.com/ openmanagemanuals >

OpenManage Server Administrator

For information about installing and using Dell SupportAssist, see the Dell EMC SupportAssist

Enterprise User’s Guide.

For information about partner programs enterprise systems management, see the OpenManage Connections

Enterprise Systems Management documents.

Working with the Dell PowerEdge

RAID controllers https://www.dell.com/ serviceabilitytools www.dell.com/ openmanagemanuals

For information about understanding the features of the Dell PowerEdge RAID controllers (PERC), Software

RAID controllers, or BOSS card and deploying the cards, see the

Storage controller documentation.

www.dell.com/qrl Understanding event and error messages

For information about the event and error messages generated by the system firmware and agents that monitor system components, go to qrl.dell.com

> Look Up >

Error Code , type the error code, and then click Look it up .

Troubleshooting your system

For information about identifying and troubleshooting the

PowerEdge server issues, see the

Server Troubleshooting Guide.

www.dell.com/poweredgemanuals www.dell.com/ storagecontrollermanuals

234 Documentation resources

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement

Table of contents